Tapping The Healer Guide

A Tele-Class Series Guide to Though Field Therapy
Callahan Techniques, LTD

Program Outline
Week 1: Introducing a new paradigm
History
Discoveries
TFT terms and glossary
Types of applications
Levels of effectiveness
Q & As submitted in advance
Week 2: Measures of Effectiveness
SUDS
HRV
Voltmeter
Radio studies
Current Research
Demonstrations submitted in advance
Week 3: Application Key Components of TFT
Case studies
Psychological reversals
Major treatment points
Nine Gamut procedures
Collar bone breathing
Floor to ceiling eyeroll
Advanced procedures (just mention- 7 second and chakra)
Week 4: Application Trauma
Case studies
Trauma
Complex trauma
Anger
Guilt
Week 5: Application Fears, Phobias and Anxiety Related Problems
Case studies
Common phobias
Other phobias
Panic and anxiety disorders
Week 6: Application Addictions and Obsessive Behaviors
Case studies
Addictive cravings or urges
Underlying anxiety
Obsessive behaviors
Week 7: Application - Miscellaneous
Case Studies
Physical pain
Depression
Shame
Embarrassment
Jet lag
Visualization and peak performance
Week 8: Troubleshooting
Toxins
Products that support toxin identifcation and elimination
Chronic problems
Recurring reversals
Products that support psychological reversal corrections
Apex problem
Further support
TAPPING THE HEALER WITHIN
Using Thought Field Therapy to Instantly Conquer Your Fears,
Anxieties, and Emotional Distress
Week 1: Introducing a new paradigm
1. History Timeline handout
2. Discoveries
i. Psychological Reversal
ii. Severe water phobia Mary
3. TFT terms and glossary Glossary handout
4. Types of applications examples of emotional, physical, spiritual
5. Levels of effectiveness handout
6. Q & As live interaction at the end of the class
Thought FieldTherapy (TFT) and Optimal Health
The Evolution of CallahanTechniques andThought FieldTherapy
Levels of TFT Fromalgorithms to the most effective
During the late seventies andearly eighties, Dr. Roger Callahan worked diligently on finding a simpler, more effective way to
helphis patients. He foundtraditional psychological methods slow, sometimes painful and often ineffective.
As a clinical psychologist, his focus was onemotional problems. Through his research and clinical testing, he discovered
some simple procedures that quickly eliminated phobias and identified and eliminated self-sabotage, which he termed psy-
chological reversal.
His book, The Five Minute Phobia Cure (Enterprise, 1985) detailed and presented these newdiscoveries and brief treat-
ments, The Callahan Techniques. He demonstrated themlive, on radio and television across the country. While treating
thousands aroundthe world, he developed procedures for many other psychological problems including grief, trauma, ad-
dictions and cravings, depression, anxiety disorder andmany other emotional problems.
This work led to his development of a causal diagnostic process, where he could quickly determine a specific tapping se-
quence (healing code) for any problem. This diagnostic process, repeated over many years, led to the development of
commonly used algorithms. The CallahanTechniquesnowhad two levels of treatment, simple algorithms and a causal
diagnostic procedure for more complex problems.
As Dr. Callahanwas askedto treat more and more people and do more radio shows, he realized he needed to find a way to
treat these people successfully, over the phone as well as face-to-face. This work led himto discover the Voice Technology,
which has provedto be the most effective and rapidlevel of the Callahan Techniquestreatment procedures.
Thenin 1994, Florida State University began a search for a cure for PTSD. They invited Dr. Callahan and I to participate in
the study along with three other therapies, EMDR, TIRand VK/Da formof NLP. They told Dr. Callahan to come up with a
descriptive name. Andso, we hadthe birth of Thought FieldTherapyfromthe Callahan Techniques.
Our first newsletter published details of the study as didanarticle in the Family Therapy Networker where the author, stated
if it had been a horse race, the TFTcontingent wouldhave won hands down. Thought Field Therapy(TFT) was off to a
great start.
Over the next fourteenyears, TFTwas usedby more and more practitioners and lay people alike, treating and helping not
only emotional problems but many physical problems withamazing success. We began to realize TFT must be natures
healing system as we sawmiraculous improvements withproblems like mennieres disease, cancer, chronic pain, im-
mune disorders, anaphylaxis, andsomany others. TFTwas appearing to be equally effective in the physical realm.
Dr. Callahanfound that many physical problems respondedtoTFT very quickly and the healing lasted. He also found that
much of poor health, both emotional andphysical, was affected or aggravated by toxins, and, that TFT could be used to
identify and treat these toxinproblems withgreat success. He was even able to find a way to eliminate the side-effects of
necessary medications, greatly improvingthe quality of life for those individuals needing them.
Today we receive reports daily, fromall over the world, about howTFT has helped healing frommany physical problems
andchronic diseases. Dr. Callahan andour VTpractitioners, canwork with anyone, anywhere, and have had amazing heal-
ing successes for their friends, family andclients. Dr. Callahans latest book, Tapping the Healer Within, teaches methods
for many of lifes daily stresses andis available in 10languages throughout the world.
As Dr. Callahanhas been developing TFT inthe physical realm, we have others who have used TFT to improve in the spiri-
tual realm. We first presented this inan article for our newsletter. Fr. Luis Jorge Gonzalez, ocd., PhD, said TFT opens a
door to Gods grace and makes possible the spiritual healing for people who have been suffering for years and years.
Our recent work with the genocide victims of Rwanda alsosuggests TFT can help remove blocks to spiritual growth.
Many who were lockedintrauma, nightmares, anger, grief, move into higher levels of consciousness. After treatment they
couldexpress love and caringfor others anddemonstratedimproved self-esteem. Others have reported they can use TFT
tosuccessfully quiet their mindand aidin the meditationprocess.
TFTcan help heal the whole person, inthe emotional, physical and spiritual domains. It is truly a divine healing systemand
a gift to the world. Joinus inachieving Optimal Health.
For informationon individual telephone treatment withDr. Callahan, personal appearances and shows, up-coming training
schedules, or the latest TFT self-help products available, contact:
CallahanTechniques, Ltd. Order Line: 1-800-359-CURE Outofcountry: 760564-1008
POBox 1220
La Quinta, CA. 92247 Office Line: (760)564-1008 Fax: (760) 347-0934
Emails: [email protected] [email protected] Website: www.tftrx.com
Late 1970s/Early 1980s
Callahan Techniques 1978
Five Minute Phobia Cure 1980
Psychological Reversal 1985
Diagnostic procedures
Common Algorithms 1988
Voice Technology
Thought Field Therapy 1994
Physical conditions 1998
Spiritual applications 2000
HRV 2001
Toxin treatments
Voltmeter
Mid 2000s to date
Objective Self-testing
Self-treatment
VT for the masses
Personal spiritual
applications
Optimal Health
TFT
Time Line
2002
2008
Callahan Techniques Thought Field Therapy
(TFT) Glossary 1996, 1997, 2003, 2006, 2009
Roger J. Callahan, Ph.D.

ADDICTION
An addict does the same thing that most modern psychiatrists recommendwhen anxious, take a tranquil-
izer. The typical addict chooses from a far wider variety of tranquilizers than the psychiatrist. Addictions
are very powerful (compulsive) urges or overwhelming desires to consume some substance (heroin, nico-
tine, sweets, cocaine, tranquilizers, etc.) or engage in some activity (nail biting, hair pulling, counting, hand
washing, etc.). The substance or the activity is in some degree (mild to severe) harmful for the individual
and his well-being.
ADDICTIVE URGE
The immediate desire, urge, or compulsion to engage in consuming an addictive substance or engage in an
addictive behaviour. It is powered by a growing intensity in anxiety and the consequent need for a tranquil-
izer. It is Dr. Callahans TFT theoretical position that all tranquilizers merely mask anxiety; they do not
eliminate the cause. An effective masking tranquilizer becomes addictive.
ADDICTIVE URGE TREATMENT
The Thought Field Therapy procedure for reducing intense anxiety and thereby reducing or eliminating
cravings and the withdrawal symptoms associated with addiction.
ALGORITHM
The general defnition of an algorithm is A sequence of instructions to be followed with the intention of
fnding a solution to a problem. Each step must specify precisely what action is to be taken, and although
there may be many alternate routes through the algorithm, there is only one start point and one end point
(Youngson, R. M., 1994; The Guinness Encyclopaedia of Science, Guinness, Middlesex. England, p. 232).
The starting point in TFT usually is a high SUD (Subjective Unit of Distress) 8-10, and the end point, hope-
fully, is a 0. In TFT, an algorithm is a recipe or formula for treatment of a particular problem, discovered
by TFT diagnosis, that has been tested on many people and found to have a high success rate. An algorithm
permits an untrained person to enter the domain of TFT treatment success without needing to learn the more
complex diagnostic procedures that permit a higher success rate.
ANECDOTE
A disparaging term used against reports of therapy success, even therapy success that is witnessed by many
professionals. This term is used in contrast to anecdotes of controlled research, which consists of stories
told of research carried out in secret that the readers fervently hope is honest and reliable. [Alas, it has
been established that scientifc research may be fraudulent.] If the research does not support the favored
idea, perhaps the researchers have not been suffciently trained or did not carry out the proper protocol. [See
The Wall Street Journal, 4-25-96, page 1. Bitter Pill is the headline.] The makers of a popular drug found
that a study they fnanced did not report the fndings they wanted to have. [The study showed that cheaper
versions of the drug had as much effectiveness as the more expensive drug.] Although the research passed
peer review, it was withdrawn. This reminds me of the very controlled drug study, the frst double-blind
study ever done on psychotropic meds, in which I (Dr. Callahan) was one of the authors and researchers,
where much to our surprise, we found no support for the drug. Although the study was reported in an Ameri-
can Medical Association journal, the company gave us no more money. Some researchers quickly learn what
response receives the reward.
ANXIETY
A type of vague, intense fear that is pervasive, non-focused, and extremely unpleasant.
ANTICIPATORY ANXIETY
There is no special character to anticipatory anxiety. It is identical to tuning into a perturbed thought feld
(see below). It may be called anticipatory when the tuning takes place immediately prior to engaging in a
feared situation.
APEX PROBLEM
The apex problem is when a treated client accurately reports that the problem is gone but is unable to see
that the therapy did the job. It is a robust tendencyit could be called a compulsionfor treated clients
or even scientifc observers of therapy to give explanations of the treatments that careful thought reveals
to be totally inappropriate and irrelevant. The common explanations are distraction, hypnosis, ex-
posure, or placebo. Many therapists who observe TFT will say that the treatment works by suggestion,
placebo, or hypnosis, even though there is no basis in reality for such a claim. Typically, professional ob-
servers of the phenomenal demonstrated results of TFT will not ask but rather will compulsively tell the
therapist their (usually totally irrelevant) version of what took place. A good example was a host of a radio
show that had a riverboat theme. He called himself Captain Andy. He asked me to demonstrate my treat-
ment with his teenage daughter who had been quite bothered about something for some years, which we did
not go into. I guided her through some treatments and took her from a SUD level of 10 to a 1. She was, quite
naturally, pleased by this result. Captain Andy then accused her of lying. Many TFT-trained therapists record
therapy sessions because some clients forget that they had a problem after the rapid successful therapy.
We call this phenomenon the apex problem since the mind is not operating at the apex or top level. When
confronted with something as strange and revolutionary as TFT, the mind has trouble shifting out of the
inertia gear. Mental work at the apex of the mind is required to grasp and understand these new treatments.
Most of us attempt to avoid such work and mistakenly attempt to ft our observation into something we
believe we understand. As mentioned, many therapists who witness dramatic, rapid changes appear to be
compelled to give an explanation. It is the rare and, we must add, wise therapist who asks, Why? The
identifcation of the apex problem has scientifc utility in that it refnes prediction, i.e., we predict that the
client will report improvement, and we further predict that the client is not likely to credit the therapy for the
improvement. The apex problem is a form of cognitive dissonance, or left-brain interpreter, which is com-
mon in split-brain research.
AMYGDALA
An almond-shaped portion of the brain that is receiving much attention from some of the most accom-
plished researchers in psychology. They believe that this portion of the brain will ultimately be shown to be
the basis for controlling anxiety and other problems (LeDoux). There is no current support for this prom-
ise of ultimate control, and there is not likely to be any since, like the chemical theory, the researchers, we
believe, are looking in the wrong place. The meridian system can be readily shown to be the fundamental
control system for the negative emotions.
ATAVISM
A term in biology that refers to a throwback to an earlier ancestral form, e.g., a human baby born with a
tail or extra nipples. In TFT, the term refers to the return of a psychological problem, within the individuals
lifetime, that has been eliminated by therapy or has been subsumed naturally because the person has ma-
tured (see NEOTENY). Biological atavisms have been shown to occur under toxic infuence, radiation,
anaesthesia, etc. In a similar fashion, we fnd that toxins can generate the return of a problem that has ei-
ther been successfully treated or eliminated through maturation. An example of the latter is a person who,
through normal development, outgrew the fear of heights, which is universal in crawling infants (indeed, is
universal in all land-based chordates), but the fear suddenly returns at some later point in life. This is analo-
gous to a successful treatment that is undone.
CAUSALITY
The most practical and the only foolproof method of scientifcally testing a causal connection between A
and B is wiggling one of them and watching the response of the other. We are not interested here in what
might be called historical causality (establishing a causal connection in a single chain of events) but in
scientifc causality (establishing such a connection in repeatable events). . . . It is the external control of A
together with the correlation with B that establishes, in a good Humean sense, the causal connection be-
tween them, as well as the fact that A is the cause and B, the effect.
Newton, R. (1970). Particles that travel faster than light? Science, 167(3925), 1569-74.
This principle illustrates the fundamental TFT fnding of the isomorphic and causal relationship between the
perturbations in the thought feld and their bodily counterparts as revealed by TFT diagnosis and the power-
ful, and almost always immediate treatment results that are achieved when proper TFT tapping is done.
CHEMICAL THEORY
The theory that holds that chemical changes in the brain and body are the basic or fundamental causes of
disturbed emotions. Although there are certainly chemical hormonal facts concurrent with negative emo-
tions, I propose that the chemistry is secondary or tertiary to the more fundamental perturbations or healing
data (see below). The positive treatment effects in TFT are too rapid to be fundamentally chemical.
COMPULSION
A powerful urge or desire that is extremely diffcult or impossible to resist.
CONCATENATION
To link together in a link or chain. Codes or healing data for subsumption or elimination of perturbations
are concatenated (determined) by diagnosis. This is a big word that accurately describes what is done in TFT
causal diagnosis.
CONTROL SYSTEM
A small system that governs or controls a larger system. The control systems on an automobile consist, for
example, of the accelerator, the steering wheel, the gears, and the brake. The control system for the negative
emotions and much healing resides in the bodys little known but demonstrably palpable and real energy or
meridian system.
CURE
The eradication or signifcant reduction of a problem. A complete cure means that no symptoms or aspects
of the problem remain after treatment. After a cure, it is relevant to track for endurance. If there is no toxic
exposure or other extreme stress, the cure will likely endure. A very important discovery of mine is that a
cure can be undone by a toxin or Individual Energy Toxin, IET, to be more specifc.
DIAGNOSIS
The art of discovering the fundamental causal conditions responsible for a problem. Conventional psycho-
logical diagnosis is typically nosological, directed toward classifying a person according to symptoms with
little or no direct implication for treatment. Diagnosis in TFT is directed toward identifying the specifc
causes of the problem for the purpose of treatment (pssee perturbations below). TFT diagnosis does not
consist of bestowing descriptive terms but rather is a dynamic revelation of causal constituents. Diagnosis
may be considered to be a translation of the encoded language of the negative emotions and healing (infor-
mation) into a form that can be addressed in treatment. (See Language of negative emotions below.)
ENERGY SYSTEM
A palpable, tangible series of electric or electromagnetic circuitry or meridians throughout the whole body
that acts as a transport system for information, the governing force in healing and growth. These electric
systems have been scientifcally established at various research centers. The energy or meridian system acts
as a control system for healing by hypothesis. The reality and powerful relevance of these systems becomes
apparent with TFT.
FEAR
A highly focused unpleasant emotion that provokes avoidance. It is a natural capacity of higher chordates
that helps protect the individual by infuencing the avoidance of danger (see Anxiety and Phobia).
FIELD
The (regular) dictionary defnes feld as a complex of forces that serve as causative agents in human behav-
iour. More generally, a feld is an invisible non-material structure in space that has an effect upon matter.
Field was introduced to science by Michael Faraday, the brilliant self-educated genius of science. Einstein
gave credit to Faraday in his Nobel acceptance speech. He stated that if Faraday had gone to college, he
probably never would have been able to invent the revolutionary concept of feld, which is fundamental to
Einsteins and (also) Maxwells work in physics. For example, the gravity feld is seen to cause the ocean to
curve around the gravity-curved earth. In the psychological realm, the thought feld is considered to be more
like an electromagnetic pattern on video or recording tape, i.e., it is neither chemical nor cognitive in its ba-
sic constituency. Today, many scientists consider that everything is composed of felds. The visible world is
neither matter nor spirit but the invisible organization of energy (Heinz Pagels, physicist). The term, mor-
phic feld, was introduced into biology to explain the shape and form of living things by Alexander Gur-
witsch (Russia) in 1922 and independently in 1925 by Paul Weiss (Vienna). In the 1950s, Waddington in
England added the concept of the chreode (necessary path) to the biological feld, which incorporated time
in embryological development. Rupert Sheldrake introduced the concept of morphic resonance between
similar felds, which can account for how instinctual information is transmitted. Such information cannot be
contained in the DNA but can only be learned in interaction with the environment. In 1991, I introduced the
concept of perturbation (see below) to account for the fundamental causal aspect of negative emotions.
GAMUT SPOT
A commonly used treatment spot in TFT that is located on the back of either hand in the indentation be-
tween the bones of the ring fnger and the tiny fnger.
GAMUT TREATMENTS
A series of nine treatments that are done while tapping the gamut spot on the back of the hand. This series
of treatments, which is useful to see as a unit, is used for treating most problems. The nine treatments were
originally conceived separately and later added into a new unit now known as the nine gamut treatments.
HABIT
An automatic behavioural routine carried out without conscious awareness. Habits allow us to focus our
attention on other issues. Sometimes, they are confused with addictions. They can be distinguished from
addictions because they are relatively easy to change if a person focuses conscious attention on the issue.
Addictions are diffcult to change, and habits are easier to change; however, habits require continuing con-
scious attention over a period of time in order to be modifed.
HEART RATE VARIABILITY (HRV)
HRV is a very important medical test that measures the variation of intervals between heart beats and yields
information that gives an index of the persons general health or risk of mortality. It is the best predictor
of death there is. For example, a big problem is the death of seemingly healthy people who suddenly drop
dead with no warning. In a special study carried out in the famous Framingham collection of studies, the
researchers found that HRV was the only test that could predict those who succumb to sudden death with no
other warning. It measures the variation of the intervals between heartbeats in milliseconds and gives a score
called SDNN. SDNN means standard deviation in the intervals from normal to normal, meaning that the
program omits very atypical beats from the computation. HRV was discovered about 40 years ago at Yale
University Hospital by a Dr. Hon in the maternity ward. Dr. Hon discovered, much to the surprise of cardi-
ologists, that if the variation of intervals between heartbeats became less and less, it was a sign that the baby
may be born dead. When doctors checked on HRV in geriatric wards, they found the same result. When the
variation of intervals between heartbeats in older people became more and more even, this was also a sign of
danger. I believe that HRV is the very best measure of health that we have, and it is known as a means of as-
sessing the degree of success of different therapeutic interventions. The results with TFT in improving HRV
are unprecedented. Nothing else, so far, shows a more immediate and signifcant impact on HRV than TFT.

HOLON
Holon refers to an architectural feature of TFT that refers to the structure of the therapy sequence: majors -
9 gamut - majors. Most problems require but one holon; however, some complex problems may require 40
or more holons before relief is experienced. Each holon is like a 9 Gamut sandwhich and defnes a holon.
HOW LONG WILL THE TREATMENT LAST?
This is a relevant question that can only be answered with the passage of time for an individual. Interesting-
ly enough, prior to doing TFT, no one ever asked me how long a treatment would last, since not much was
taking place in the treatmentsin other words, there was nothing to last. The question, whether intended
or not, is always an implied compliment, since it acknowledges by implication that something signifcant
happened. Orville Wrights frst controlled fight in an aircraft lasted but 12 seconds and travelled but 40
yards, but it was the start of a radical revolution in transportation. Interestingly, a week before the brothers
developed a control device, Orville had a terrible crash, and in despair, echoing his many critics, cried out in
deep frustration, Man will never fy in a thousand years! This shows the natural tendency for discourage-
ment, which the brothers overcame. In order to make important discoveries, people must break through the
obstacle of discouragement, as did the Wright brothers. For a therapist who is trained in TFT, the undoing of
a cure is not a tragedy but is an opportunity to discover the cause of why the cure has been undone. Through
diagnosis, the toxin can be discovered, treated, and avoided until the cure is stabilized for over two months.
IET (Individual Energy Toxin)
IETs are distinguished from the more general toxins such as lead, mercury, cadmium, and arsenic by the
fact that they represent an individuals sensitivity to certain common substances, such as wheat, milk, eggs,
perfume, laundry detergent, etc. It can be demonstrated that such substances affect the energy system frst.
IETs can be treated (usually not cured) by treating the individual. This appears to temporarily boost the
bodies ability to handle the toxin. See Seven Second Treatment and the Seven Second Plus treatments.
INERTIAL DELAY
This term refers to an unusual situation in TFT treatment where the client shows no further perturbations in
diagnosis, and yet the problem or some degree of the problem remains. After the passage of time, varying
from minutes to hours, the client then reports that the problem is gone. Toxins can cause inertial delay. It can
also occur when we are treating the person for pain, or physical problems as more time can be required for
the treatment to go through the bodys mass. Since we expect a problem to be gone almost instantly in TFT,
we take special notice of delays. It is audacious that we expect problems to be completely gone so quickly,
but that is our common experience.
INSTINCT
Sometimes called knowledge at a distance. The distance is usually expressed in time. Instinct is the only
way to account for the complex navigational skills used by butterfies, salmon, and birds. Instinct is a set of
complex behaviours that have not been learned by the individual but which obviously required learning in
interaction with the environment by living creatures over a period of millions of years. I have evidence to
believe that the DNA does not carry this kind of complex information (see Stop the Nightmares of Trauma).
The theory of morphic resonance of Rupert Sheldrake offers the most likely explanation of the transmission
of information over great distances of time and space.
ISOMORPHISM
Isomorphism is defned in dictionaries (math) as a one-to-one relation onto the map between two sets,
which preserves the relations existing between elements in its domain; something identical with or similar
to something else in form or structure. This term in TFT clearly summarizes and expresses the basic fnding
that there is a strong one-to-one relationship between the perturbations (which are diagnosed or assumed to
exist) in the thought feld and specifc meridian points on the body. A wiggling or tapping of the appro-
priate meridian point or points (in proper order) will result in an immediate reduction or elimination of the
disturbing emotion. It is from this strong relationship that we derive our causal notions.
LANGUAGE OF NEGATIVE EMOTIONS
The causal aspect of the negative emotions exists in encoded form. This refers to the particular perturbations
(ps), in their specifc discrete order, which generate negative emotions. The requirement for specifc order
is similar to a combination lock; if the wrong order is offered, it doesnt work. Ps are often contained in
certain common orders for specifc problems, which makes it possible to determine algorithms or common
recipes for many psychological problems. Each negative emotion exists in encoded form, which accurate
TFT causal diagnosis reveals. Another language appearing in nature is that of DNA, which determines the
structure of proteins.
LEVELS OF TFT PROFICIENCY
The lowest level is the algorithm level, which is quite simple and can be learned by reading and studying
Tapping the Healer Within (Callahan & Trubo, 2001). It is also benefcial to take an approved algorithm
training seminar by a certifed TFT instructor. We also recommend that anyone who works with people
study the Introduction to TFT DVD, which is available at www.tftrx.com. The next higher level is what we
call the diagnostic level where the individual is trained in the more complex TFT diagnostic procedures and
becomes certifed after completion of diagnostic training. At this level, the practitioner learns to diagnose
and treat problems with greater success, and to address a much greater number of problems in the offce than
can be done with the algorithm level. Training at the diagnostic level is done through a combination of DVD
and CD instruction, writings, and hands-on live instruction and supervision. The certifed diagnostic level
practitioner also gains a much higher degree of understanding of theory and is empowered to causally diag-
nose and treat most psychological problems with a high degree of success. Practitioners desiring to become
algorithm trainers need to devote six months to learning TFT. They also receive six months of VT support
in working with diffcult cases. The highest level is Voice Technology, which requires training beyond the
diagnostic level. This level is a signifcant advance above the previous two levels. The Voice Technology
training is now accomplished in a three day live course and is open only to those who are certifed at the
diagnostic level. Voice Technology has the highest precision and success rate and allows one to treat effec-
tively by telephone, which opens up world-wide potential markets for practice and consultations. As in all
professions, those who practice the treatments gain the highest degree of competence.
MAGNETITE
Joseph L. Kirschvink, Professor of Geobiology at Caltech, surprisingly discovered the presence of magne-
tite throughout the human brain. Magnetite is an oxide of iron, and, like iron, it responds to a magnet. On
November 5, 1992, Joanne and I saw him demonstrate this startling fact in a lecture. A magnet brought near
brain samples under the microscope clearly showed the particles of magnetite. Keeping in mind that nature
is rarely frivolous, one wonders: what is magnetite doing in the human brain? Could it be there to be respon-
sive to electromagnetic felds? We dont know, but it is an interesting, little known, and surprising indisput-
able fact.
MAJORS
A term that refers to the tapping sequences that use standard meridian points such as under the eye, under
the arm, beginning of eyebrow, etc. The term, majors, distinguishes this aspect of the protocol from the 9
gamut, foor to ceiling eye roll, and the psychological reversal treatments. The major tapping points occur
before and are typically repeated after the 9 gamut procedure.
NEOTENY
A problem or condition due to immaturity or the lack of full development. For example, all infants (and all
land-based chordates) are born with an instinctive fear of heights, which ripens when the neonate begins to
crawl or move under its own power. The fear (acrophobia) is usually outgrown with normal development.
A person who has been afraid of heights since childhood is considered neotenous. A fear of heights that
suddenly develops (returns) in adulthood would be considered atavistic (see defnition above). I believe that
such an atavistic phobia is very similar in principle to a person who has a phobia cured, but sometime later,
it returns. The cause in all instances, I believe, is the presence of what I call an IET, or toxin.
PERTURBATION
(P) A perturbation (p) is an entity in the thought feld. The p is viewed as the fundamental and basic cause of
all negative emotions. A perturbation is the unit of fundamental causation of a negative emotion and cor-
relates in a spectacular isomorphic relationship with specifc alarm and treatment points on the body. Suc-
cessful therapy subsumes or reduces the impact of ps in the thought feld (see below). A p is a subtle, but
clearly isolable aspect of a thought feld that is responsible for triggering all negative emotions. Without a
P, no negative emotion is present. The p is the generating structure that determines the chemical, hormonal,
nervous system, cognitive, and brain activity commonly associated with, and an intrinsic and necessary part
(but not the fundamental cause), of the negative emotions. The perturbation contains the active informa-
tion (see Bohm and Hiley, 1993), which triggers negative emotions. Bohm and Hiley described their pivotal
concept in quantum physics: We have . . . introduced a concept that is new in the context of physicsa
concept that we shall call active information. The basic idea of active information is that a form having very
little energy enters into and directs a much greater energy. The activity of the latter is in this way given a
form similar to that of the smaller energy (Bohm & Hiley, p. 35). The process described here for quantum
theory appears to ft the notions of numerous investigators in the bio-energy realm as the process by which
biological control systems operate. One may understand the relevance of the TFT usage of active informa-
tion, in that the microstate of the perturbations generate the macro state results of the person feeling de-
pressed, angry, anxious, etc. Successful psychotherapy is the transformation (or subsumption) of this active
informational microstate (perturbation), which results in the commonly observed and successfully predicted
elimination of the negative emotions in TFT. A perturbation (p) is the fundamental and easily modifable
trigger containing specifc active information that sets off and guides and controls the physiological, neuro-
logical, hormonal, chemical, and cognitive events, which result in the experience of specifc negative emo-
tions.
The need for, and the evidence supporting the concept of perturbation is demonstrated, e.g., in my television
treatment of a woman in Baltimore who was terrifed of driving on freeways and over bridges. Every per-
son who is treated will demonstrate this, but the TV demo dramatically reveals the process and can be seen
by everyone. First, she is calm and speaking to me in a highly relaxed manner that is appropriate for a mild
social encounter in the comfort of her own home. She shows no signs of anxiety; however, in preparation for
my treatment, I ask her to think about the driving situation. Immediately, she is intensely anxious and breaks
down with tears and is obviously upset. Next, you see her driving a car on a freeway with no trace of fear.
She then goes over a bridge with no problem. What happened? In order to answer this question seriously
and with depth, one needs to understand the concept of a perturbation. It obviously exists in the thought
feld. Why is this obvious? Before tuning the problematic thought feld, she had no anxiety. As soon as she
thought of driving, the perturbation generated the extreme fear. Obviously, the perturbation is not present
when she is actually driving. I saw the evidence of the collapse of the perturbation as I treated her. In a few
minutes, she could not get upset when she thought about the problem. This meant that since she got very
upset prior to this that the perturbation was completely subsumed. The acid test occurred as she was actually
driving with no trace of fear. This is a fairly representative case.
I knew for years that there was an entity in the thought feld that caused emotional upset, and that this entity
could be completely collapsed with our typical powerful treatment. For years, I did not name this entity.
One day, it hit me all of a sudden that the name perturbation might be appropriate as a designation of
this causal entity. I immediately got out my (regular) dictionary, and the last defnition thrilled me. It said,
Perturbation is a cause of mental disquietude. I jumped for joy because that is exactly what I was looking
for. I changed the a to THE cause of mental disquietude. Some assume that emotional and other problems
are caused by blockages in meridians. Psychological reversal can cause a blockage; however, a perturbation
is not some random disturbance in a meridian. Instead, it is a highly specifc bundle of critical information,
healing data, that has the marvellous capacity to control all of the chemical, hormonal, and neurological
phenomena that we see and know take place in anxiety, depression, and other disturbing emotions and the
healing process. The term, isolable, refers to the amazing fact of nature that the problem is gone without
disturbing or removing necessary information from the thought feld..
PHOBIA
A persistent fear of a harmless object or situation. Most people with phobias are very much aware of the
irrationality of the fear, which only adds to their diffculty. The knowledge that the fear makes no sense does
not reduce the fear but merely adds embarrassment to the bad feeling. The commonly held idea that the
problem is due to a lack of courage is without foundation and shows a fundamental lack of understanding.
PSYCHOLOGICAL REVERSAL (PR)
A state or condition that blocks natural healing and prevents otherwise effective treatments from working.
Evidence for the state of PR is revealed when an otherwise effective treatment does nothing. Then, after
the PR has been corrected, the same treatment, which did nothing the moment before, suddenly works. A
person may be fne in most domains of life and be psychologically reversed in just one or a selected few.
The PR state is usually accompanied by negative attitudes and self-sabotaging behaviour. A most interest-
ing symptom of PR is that concepts are reversed 180 degrees. In other words, people who are reversed will
say South when they mean North, but they will not say East or West when they mean North. The
implication of this reversal of concepts is quite profound and is in need of investigation. It seems to relate to
a fundamental aspect of direction (chirality, polarized light, etc.) in elemental reality. A similar and related
symptom of PR is getting numbers or letters out of order. A special proof readers mark exists for this type
of error, which illustrates how common it is. The upside down and backward writing of dyslexic people is
due to the PR. PR in most of us is a temporary condition. When we are PR and reverse concepts, letters, and
numbers, PR may be viewed as a kind of temporary dyslexia. A research study (Blaich, 1988) showed
that of a number of rather complicated and specialized treatments designed to improve human performance,
including my treatment for PR (tapping the side of the hand), the rapid (10 seconds) and simple treatment
for PR was by far the most effective, producing a 45% increase in reading comprehension. Today, the PR
treatments are routinely used in many elementary schools. We fnd the presence of PR on treatment effect to
be quite lawful and predictable. We have found a high correlation between presence of cancer and PR. In a
highly signifcant study done at Yale University back in the 1940s, the researchers found that cancer patients
had an overwhelming disposition to show a literal polarity reversal (as compared to normals) as measured by
a sensitive instrument that measured body polarity (see Harold Saxton Burr, Blueprint for Immortality: The
electric patterns of life, Neville Spearman, London, 1972). The concept of PR is relevant to all applied felds.
The absence of PR is a vital prerequisite to successful treatment. My treatments would be signifcantly less
successful (by 20% to 40%) if we could not correct this condition. MASSIVE PR is a reversal in most areas
of life. MINI-PR is a block that kicks in during treatment and prevents the treatment from being complete.
RECURRING PR is a reversal that returns as soon as it is corrected. Each of these variations of PR requires
its own special treatment or action. We are now using voltmeters to show the presence of PR, and we have
robust evidence that when we treat the PR, the reversal on the voltmeter literally changes from negative to
positive before your very eyes! The introduction of the voltmeter to our work is resulting in better and more
thorough treatments. One of the treatments I found to help PR in 1979 was the use of the Bach Rescue Rem-
edy. Our recent use of voltmeters has resurrected my interest in and use of Rescue Remedy.
PSYCHOLOGICAL TRAUMA
A psychological trauma is an experience or event that engenders signifcant emotional upset. The upset
seems reasonably based. Examples of trauma are rape, robbery, murder of a friend, mugging, loss of a loved
one through death or perhaps even worse, loss of a loved one through rejection, loss of a job, kidnapping of
a child, etc. One of the worst traumas is when the person you love rejects or leaves you. These are the types
of experiences that we label traumas. It seems perfectly reasonable and appropriate for one to be upset in
response to such events. The appropriateness of the disturbing emotion accompanying the event appears to
be a hallmark of the notion of trauma. One might not expect trauma to be as responsive to therapy as it is to
TFT. This surprising fact carries important theoretical signifcance. If someone loses a pen and is obsessed
and very upset over this event, has nightmares, etc., it is not considered a trauma, though it is an obvious
psychological problem. In other words, it is not the upset per se that is relevant, but the appropriateness of
the emotion to the event that is relevant.
PUBLIC DEMONSTRATIONS
In the early days of psychotherapy, treatments were secretive. Even today, one can hear strong claims for
success, yet it is rare that public demonstrations are given. A gentleman in his late 80s went for a physi-
cal examination since he was losing interest in sex. His doctor pronounced him in good health and told him
that his decline was a normal function of aging. The man said, But doctor, my friend Sam is 90 years old,
and he says that he has sex every night! The doctor replied, You can say that too! In secrecy, it is safe
to make strong claims. I have done public demonstrations since I frst discovered TFT. Recently, for the
frst time, I read an acknowledgment recognizing the relevance of a public demonstration. The author of an
article in The Wall Street Journal on Monday, January 29, 1996, page A9A mentioned public demonstrations
in an article on the controversial subject of cold fusion. A new claim that purports to create more energy
than goes into a reaction (which, if true, will be revolutionary and doubtless nuclear in reaction) received the
attention of Jerry E. Bishop, a writer for The Wall Street Journal in the article, A Bottle Rekindles Scientifc
Debate About the Possibility of Cold Fusion. The gadget was called the Patterson cell, after its inventor.
Bishop pointed out, The Patterson cell might have been dismissed as easily as other reputed cold fusion
apparatus. But Mr. Reding and his colleagues have been bold enough to demonstrate it at three technical
conferences in the last nine months. Most cold-fusionists are reluctant to show off their devices, because
they are never sure whether or when they will work.
There it isa statement, the frst I have ever seen in print, that acknowledges the signifcance contained in
a willingness to publicly demonstrate ones revolutionary claims. I have been doing such demonstrations on
behalf of TFT for over a decade and a half (see the Callahan/Leonoff data), and to all appearances, either the
professionals are unable to see what they are shown, or they do not realize the signifcance of being willing
to put ones discoveries to a public test. The public, of course, is almost always skeptical.
QUANTUM LEAPS IN THERAPY
It was apparent from the outset with TFT that not only is the therapy rapid and effective, but the manner of
progress is unique, i.e., the progress takes place in large, defnite leaps, with the client evidently not neces-
sarily passing through intermediate stages of the problem. My frst case, Mary, for example, moved from
a 10 to a 0 instantly and did not pass through intermediate stages of the problem. One would expect that a
life-long and intense problem would not only be slow but might necessarily entail passing through a number
of intermediate stages on the way to getting well. The typical case that begins with a SUD of 10 progresses
with each stage of TFT therapy to a 7, then to a 4, and then to a 0 within minutes. The intermediate stages
are typically bypassed.
REPRESSION
A habit of avoidance of awareness of a painful emotion to the extent that the choice to be aware is lost. The
repressed person usually remains unaware of the extent of emotional pain present unless the pain is over-
whelming. People who are repressed are as easily diagnosed and treated as anyone else, except they do not
know how they are doing, e.g., as in a phobia, until they are in the phobic situation. The majority of people
are not repressed and are aware of emotional pain when they attune the relevant thought feld. We have
demonstrated that a repressed person will show evidence of the repression through the use of HEART RATE
VARIABILITY. The pre-treatment score may be SDNN=80 as the person thinks of the terrible event over
which he/she feels nothing. Then, the traumatic event is treated, and the persons SDNN jumps up to 120.
RESONANCE
The process that brings about attunement (see Tuning). Resonance is a kind of physical bond that is brought
about by a non-physical connection. It may be operative in memory and when a person tunes into a thought
feld. The concept was proposed by Ninian Marshall in 1960 in the article, ESP and Memory: A Physi-
cal Approach. It was published in The British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, Vol. X, No. 40, pp.
265-286, in February, 1960. The concept provided the foundation for Rupert Sheldrakes notion of morphic
resonance. Resonance is commonplace in the use of tuning forks and oscillating circuits used in radio and
television; the oscillating circuitry in the receiver is adjusted to that of the transmission. When they resonate,
the program enters the receiver. When people attune a perturbed thought feld, they become disturbed. For
an excellent example, see the case of driving phobia demonstrated on the national television show called
Evening Magazine. When the poor woman thinks about driving on freeways or over bridges, she can be
seen to become immediately and severely upset (see Perturbation above).
REVOLUTIONARY EXPERIMENT
An experiment in science that reveals new facts that cannot be explained by conventional or accepted no-
tions that are current at the time of the experiment. For example, the clinical psychologist, Martin Seligman,
director of clinical training at the University of Pennsylvania, in his book, What You Can Change and What
You Cant Change, stated on p. 253, There are no quick fxes, and Optimism is necessary for change to
take place. Our reproducible experiment (therapy) overturns both of these cherished commonsense notions,
as well as many others. It is absolutely impossible to explain the results of TFT with conventional ideas in
psychology. TFT may be seen as a repeatable revolutionary experiment in clinical psychology that many
people can carry out on their own by tapping the appropriate points on the body.
SCIENCE
The proper function of science is to respect facts and to revise theories in the light of new facts. Science is
by nature conservative and therefore slow in carrying out its proper function. It is typically diffcult for con-
servative scientists to be able to observe easily demonstrable new facts (see Apex Problem).
SEVEN SECOND PLUS TREATMENTS
These are treatments for toxins that have been added to what I initially called the 7 sec. treatment but now
take a little longer and are far more powerful than 7 second treatment. The modifcations include sugges-
tions by Joanne Callahan, including the addition of our reversal corrections, as well as the collarbone breath-
ing treatment for specifc toxins.
SUD
SUD is an abbreviation for the useful term subjective units of distress (introduced by Wolpe), which is a
way to quantify the degree of stress, pain, or disturbing emotion experienced by the client. In TFT, the SUD
is considered the bottom line by which therapy is evaluated for success. SUD may be evaluated on a 0
to 10 scale or on a 1 to 10 scale. Behavioural indices may be quite misleading, since many people can do
things when pushed. If their suffering remains intense, however, we do not consider this to be therapy. Many
people in conventional therapies learn that they can withstand a great deal more suffering than they thought
they could. Successful therapy removes all traces of suffering.
THERAPY
Therapy, or rather effective therapy, results in the bottom line, which is dramatic improvement in the cli-
ent. The improvement referred to here is not merely behavioural change, which is relatively easy to obtain,
but the removal of all traces of a psychological problem. We believe that effective therapy is a result of
the subsumption (this appears to be the most appropriate term in this context), removal, collapse, elimina-
tion, or reduction of ps in a thought feld, resulting in the elimination or reduction of negative emotions
or problems, whether relevant to reality (emotions that may be considered appropriate and normal) or not
(neurotic). The difference, after treatment, must be clinically, and not merely statistically, signifcant in
order to qualify as therapy. (See November, 1993, APA MONITOR, report of the Science Directorate, and
Psychology Today, March/April, 1994 issue with an article called, Oops! A very embarrassing story.) TFT
is typically saltatory in its progression (saltus is a leap) or discontinuous in movement; it develops in leaps.
This fact has led us to investigate quantum theory, since the jumps are quantum-like. We currently believe
that the actual treatment occurs at a quantum level. Presently, it seems likely that a molecular bond is either
broken or connected by the treatment or by natural maturation or healing. It is interesting that I discovered
how to cure phobias during a time when it was believed impossible.
THOUGHT FIELD (TF)
Albert Einstein, in his Nobel Prize acceptance speech, thanked Michael Faraday, the brilliant British sci-
entist who never went to college. Einstein conjectured that if Faraday had gone to college, he never would
have been able to come up with the concept of a feld. Of course, Einstein used the concept in his theory of
relativity. The concept of thought feld is the distinguishing characteristic of TFT. Professionals in other pro-
fessions such as acupuncture, acupressure, chiropractic, medicine, dentistry, etc., perform on the rather static
body or being of the person. The dynamic and limitless potential of the thought feld is what makes TFT a
psychological treatment. When one is trained to diagnose TFs, it becomes immediately apparent that the
structure of the TF creates dynamism in the individual. For example, it makes no difference to a dentist what
one is thinking about when working on the teeth. For the TFT clinical psychologist, it makes all the differ-
ence in the world what is attuned. When the relevant TF is attuned, it brings to the fore the specifc ps and
related information that are active in a problem and vital to understanding what is called for in the treatment
situation. In order to diagnose and effectively treat a person, the person must tune into the appropriate TF.
Not attuning to the proper TF is equivalent to asking a tailor to alter your trousers without bringing the trou-
sers. The notion of a thought feld is an imaginary scaffold upon which one may project or imagine causal
entities such as a perturbation. Empirical tests and clinical experience reveal the relevance and power of
such imaginings, i.e., we then discover whether our imaginings are on-line or off-line with reality. There
is overwhelming evidence for the on-line nature of our theoretical speculations. All human invention and
discovery are initially in the human imagination and must be tested in reality to determine ultimate status.
Young children and animals do not have the ability to volitionally attune a thought feld, and for such cases,
the term, perceptual feld, is appropriate. In order to treat young children or animals, they must be exposed
to the situation so that they can attune the appropriate perceptual feld. As a result, the child or animal can be
treated.
TRACKING
Tracking is the procedure of observing the duration of a completely successful TFT treatment to see if any
part of the problem returns. It is extremely important that a client call the TFT-trained therapist immediately,
should a problem that has been eradicated return. We fnd that generally, these rare occasions are due to the
ingestion of or exposure to an exogenous substance. A therapist trained in TFT diagnostic procedures can
usually determine the substance. After the substance has been absent for a period of two months, giving the
persons system a chance to heal, a repeat treatment will usually hold. Then, after that time, the offending
substance may no longer regenerate the psychological problem.
TRANQUILIZERS
A means of blocking awareness of anxiety without addressing the cause of the problem. Tranquilizers ap-
pear to help by temporarily masking or hiding anxiety from awareness. It is my thesis that all addiction is
addiction to some form of tranquilizer, whether chemical or behavioural.
TRAUMA
A trauma is due either to a direct horrible experience leading to severe emotional upset (due to the genera-
tion of perturbations) and/or pain, or it is due to witnessing a terrible experience of another or others. Trau-
ma entails certain sequalae, in addition to the direct pain and suffering. These sequalae consist of obsessive
thoughts regarding the incident, as well as repeated bad dreams, nightmares or fashbacks. If one is familiar
with Rupert Sheldrakes theory of morphic resonance, TFT proposes that these sequalae are the central
source of relevant information fed into the morphic feld (collective unconsciousJung) that allows for the
inheritance of what we call phobias (McDougall). The sequalae fulfll the dictum of Shannon, who intro-
duced information theory, that a message will come across no matter how much background noise, as long
as suffcient repetition of the information is carried out.
TUNING
(see Resonance) The process of bringing a particular thought associated with a problem into awareness. For
example, a trauma victim will be asked to think about the trauma. Often, trauma victims and clients with
obsessive-compulsive disorder, addictions, and anxiety have INTRUSIVE TFs that enter under their own
power and require no attunement. There can be no diagnosis or therapy without appropriate tuning. Animals
or infants who have no choice in tuning must be in a situation that generates the appropriate TF in order to
be diagnosed and treated effectively.
VOICE TECHNOLOGY
The proprietary technology that allows for the rapid and precise diagnosis of ps by telephone through an
objective and unique voice analysis technology. The relevant (p) information can be demonstrated to be con-
tained in holographic form within the voice. VT allows diagnosis to be done with only a fraction of a second
of the voice available. Language, infection, and content are totally irrelevant to the process. The encoded
information is then decoded with precision, and the empirical effectiveness of the discoveries so obtained is
quite easy to demonstrate. This is not stress analysis, since stress is too vague to be useful in this context and
can be assumed when a client requires help. It is, rather, a rapid decoding process of the relevant p informa-
tion in the attuned thought feld and contained within the voice. The VT allows the TFT trainee a unique
kind of experience wherein the trainee can obtain almost immediate consultation and help with diffcult
clients, in the trainees offce, through the medium of the Voice Technology. This on-the-spot availability of
supervisory help that is offered as a part of training is unprecedented.
VOLTMETER
Harold Saxton Burr, a former professor at Yale Medical School, did interesting experiments using a voltme-
ter from the 1930s through the 1950s. One of his students, Louis Langman, went on to become a Profes-
sor of Gynecology at NY University Medical School. Prof. Langman used the voltmeter on his patients
and found that cancer was highly associated with a negative polarity. This was a strikingly similar fnding
to mine in 1979. I discovered what I called psychological reversal and found a high correlation between
this state and the presence of cancer. Interestingly, when surgery was carried out on the cancer patients,
Langman found that the polarity went back to positive. Evidently, he and his colleagues knew of no way to
correct the polarity reversal other than surgery. I believe that my methods of correcting reversal, which are
supported by voltmeter readings, may prove very helpful in the treatment of cancers. We owe a great debt
of gratitude to Ing Alvaro Hernndez, TFT-Dx of Mexico City for discovering some voltmeters that work in
the TFT context!
WITHDRAWAL
The acute anxiety experienced by addicts when deprived of their preferred tranquilizer. Withdrawal can be
viewed as anxiety unmasked. Even heroin addicts may be totally relieved of all physiologic (and, of course,
psychological) symptoms with the TFT treatment for addiction. A chain-smoking cigarette smoker may be
entirely unaware of the anxiety that powers the need for cigarettes because the cigarette continually masks
the anxiety. The chain smoker never has a chance to experience withdrawal; however, when deprived of
a cigarette, the smoker becomes acutely aware of the underlying anxiety. One may, therefore, gauge the
degree of an anxiety problem by the number of cigarettes smoked per day. The same reasoning applies to
all addictions. The TFT algorithm for addiction withdrawal has a very high success rate. By this, we mean
that the treatment eliminates the desire to consume a substance or engage in a behavioural addiction about
90% of the time. The TFT treatment is very effective in helping individuals who are addicted to prescribed
tranquilizers; however, this should always be done under the supervision of a knowledgeable professional.
Levels of Thought Field Therapy
TFT Algorithms
The general defnition of an algorithm is A sequence of instructions to be followed with the intention of
fnding a solution to a problem. Each step must specify precisely what action is to be taken, and although
there may be many alternate routes through the algorithm, there is only one start point and one end point
(Youngson, R. M., 1994; The Guiness Encyclopedia of Science, Guiness, Middlesex. England, p. 232). The
starting point in TFT is usually a SUD of 10, and the end point, hopefully, is a 1. In TFT, an algorithm is a
recipe or formula for treatment of a particular problem discovered by TFT diagnosis that has been tested
on many people and has been found to have a high success rate. An algorithm permits an untrained person
to enter the domain of TFT treatment success without needing to learn the more complex diagnostic proce-
dures that permit a higher success rate.
TFT Causal Diagnosis
The next higher level is what we call the diagnostic level where the individual is trained in the more com-
plex TFT diagnostic procedures and becomes certifed after completion of diagnostic training. At this level,
the practitioner learns to diagnose and treat problems with greater success, and to address a much greater
number of problems in the offce than can be done with the algorithm level. The certifed diagnostic level
practitioner also gains a much higher degree of understanding of theory and is empowered to causally diag-
nose and treat most psychological problems with a high degree of success. They learn how to determine the
specifc tapping sequence needed for whatever the presenting problem/s for an individual.
Advanced TFT Voice Technology
The most effective level of TFT is Voice Technology, which requires training beyond the diagnostic level.
This level is a signifcant advance above the previous two levels. The Voice Technology training is now
accomplished in a three day live course and is open only to those who are certifed at the diagnostic level.
Voice Technology has the highest precision and success rate and allows one to treat effectively by telephone,
which opens up world-wide potential markets for practice and consultations.
Copyright 2009 Callahan Techniques, Ltd.
www.rogercallahan.com
Program Outline
Using Thought Field Therapy to Instantly Conquer Your Fears, Anxieties, and Emo-
tional Distress
Week 2: Measures of Effectiveness
1. SUDS (Subjective Units of Distress) importance and validity
Childrens handout
2. Heart Rate Variability (HRV)
History of Use with TFT Fuller Royal, MD
What Is A Good HRV Score study / chart
Handouts
Article Depression / HRV
Inner Balance Scan (IBS)
Heart Rhythm Scanner (HRS)
3. Voltmeter - handout
Recommended models
USA - Radio Shack Model 22-812
UK Maplins Model UNI-T
Use how to / placement - handout
4. Radio Studies Callahan and Leonoff handout
5. Research handout
6. Demonstrations submitted in advance with live interaction
at the end of the class
1
Using the SUD with Children
When working with children, make sure that they are in the thought feld before treating them. If a
child received a dog bite, you could show him/her a picture of a dog or have him/her draw a picture
of a dog. You could also have the child talk about the dog bite. Avoid retraumatizing the child, how-
ever. As soon as the child is in the thought feld, administer the treatment.
If you are treating a baby, you could hold or touch the baby and tap on yourself as a surrogate. Since
you are forming a circuit with the baby, the treatment will go into the babys body. You could also
tap or rub the points on the babys body. You could do the Nine Gamut Sequence on yourself while
touching the baby.
For treating children, you could have them show with their hands apart how big the disturbance
(fear, anger, hurt) is, or you could have them point to a chart like the one below. You could also use
language such as, How icky does this feel?
It is best to have a parent or guardian present. You can also ask the parent or
guardian if he/she notices any change in the childs behavior after the treatment.
2
In my study of the medical literature on HRV I fnd little or no reporting on what is a good score. I do not
know why this is the case unless it is a result of a problem with the fact that the profession of heart care does
not know how to dramatically improve HRV. In study after study and research after research HRV is prop-
erly lauded as the very best indicator of heart and also of general health. Most professionals do not wish to
put into bold relief their glaring inability.to improve low HRV by putting such skill to the tests. See, e.g., the
HRV research on depression and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy.
In the HRV text book by Marek Malik and A. John Camm there is an illustration showing the length of
survival after a heart attack by three groups of patients; this is from the original research by Kleiger and col-
leagues. It is summarized by Bosner and Kleiger in their chapter on HEART RATE VARIABILITY AND
RISK STRATIFICATION AFTER MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION.
On page 331 they state The absence of variability is a highly signifcant risk factor for adverse outcomes
following acute myocardial interaction, including all cause mortality, arrhythmic, and sudden death.
They separated the research subjects into three groups those with SDNNs above 100, those between 50
and 100, and those below 50. To summarize the result, p 334, those with SDNN BELOW 50 had a
mortality risk 5.3 times as high as those with SDNN above 100. This is a highly signifcant risk of death
predicted by the SDNN.
Another clear source of the relative merit of having a high SDNN is the interesting quantitative study by
Bilchick et al, who concluded:
each 10ms increase in SDNN results in a 20% decrease in the chance of death.
Daugherty, CM and Burr, RL report in American Journal of Cardiology (1992), 70, Aug 25, pp 441-448, in
an article titled, A comparison of survivors and non-survivors of sudden cardiac arrests.
There were 16 survivors and 5 deaths in their group. The HRV (SDNN) score
breakdowns were as follows:
The 5 NON-SURVIVORS average score was SDNN = 52.3
The 16 SURVIVORS average score was SDNN = 78
It is very clear from these data that the higher the variability the safer one is, the healthier one is, and the
farther from illness and death one is.
WHAT IS A GOOD HRV SCORE?
2009
By Roger J. Callahan, PhD
3
Experiment with HRV and toxic sweater:Joanne and I used HRV Live for this experiment which gives
instant scores on HRV.
SDNN before sweater identifed as a toxin: SDNN=21.8 Test sweater and fnd it toxic.
HRV LIVE showed an immediate improvement to SDNN 68.6. In Bilchicks terms, the chances of
death were decreased signifcantly by removing the sweater in fact death was postponed, according to the
Bilchick research (published in The American Journal of Cardiology) by 100%.
The difference in time between the pre and post sweater SDNN was a matter of the few seconds it took
to remove the sweater.from the body. HRV Live gives scores instantly rather than waiting for fve minutes.
Such fndings as this as well as other TFT impacts on HRV is revolutionary in that in no place in the HRV
literature, of which I am aware, does anything like this kind of improvement, in speed or quantity, exist.
CLIENTS WHO DIED AND WERE BROUGHT BACK
The frst client who had died and was brought back in the hospital where he worked was a physician. I
worked with him about ten months after his revival. His SDNN prior to TFT VT therapy was 16. After VT
therapy his SDNN immediately increased to a very healthy 91!
The other client who came to my training a couple of months after being revived in a fre station near his
home had an SDNN of 8. He was severely sensitive to his HIV- AIDS cocktail medication and using my
recent discovery of treating toxins his SDNN immediately improved signifcantly and then with further time
and treatments his SDNN score has gradually been restored to normal; i.e., above 100.
To illustrate the signifcance of this statement consider this physician who suffered from depression for 20
years and was not helped by the many medications or the numerous psychotherapies he tried. He attended
one of my trainings and he volunteered to have me treat his depression with TFT. He took an HRV test be-
fore and after treatment. His depression prior to TFT treatment was a 10, meaning it was the worst it could
be. The treatment took a matter of minutes and his depression completely disappeared. His SDNN before
treatment was a very low 32 ms. Immediately after my brief treatment his SDNN increased to 144.4ms.
Such dramatic improvements are unheard of in the HRV literature. As noted above, such an improvement
will likely result in a profound decrease in the chance of death. If each 10 ms increase results in a 20%
decrease in the chance of death, as Bilchick et al state, then it may readily be seen in the light of the of this
study, that there is a dramatic decrease in the risk of death for this individual. How long will the treatment
last? We never know until it lasts; however, I discovered in principle what can undo any successful treat-
ment and this gives TFT a further important advantage over any other treatment.
It should be noted that although such improvements as this are commonplace with TFT, not everyone
responds in this manner. I have learned that when SDNN does not respond immediately after stress removal,
then toxins must be identifed, treated and avoided. All cases needs to be followed in order to ensure that the
dramatic gains hold over time. To understand how a highly successful treatment can be undone see Cure and
Time in Stop the Nightmares of Trauma (Callahan and Callahan). In order to know what to do when a treat-
ment is undone, see my recent important package The Identifcation and Treatment of Toxins.
4
A study carried out at a major hospital using only my depression algorithm (number of patients =106)
found that depression was reduced from an average 7.3 (on a 10 point scale, where 1 means no trace of de-
pression) to a 1.6 (Sakai, et al).
Professionals all over the world are now eliminating the stress of such psychological problems as trauma,
anxiety, anger, and depression with great speed and alacrity unknown before my discovery of TFT. It seems
highly likely that the people treated successfully will, in addition to being free of their specifc problem, be
less likely to expire prematurely.
Note: There were 50 men who were put on the Aids Cocktail at the same time David started and Da-
vid is the only survivor living today (March, 2008).
Certain ordinary foods in some people act like a poison and can lower HRV, shorten life and cause serious
illness. Since TFT is so powerful in eliminating stress of almost any kind, HRV typically responds immedi-
ately to an appropriate and correct treatment and the HRV will increase, often dramatically and immediately.
Ingested toxins, however can take months to clear to the point where SDNN increases dramatically. It
seems obvious that the difference in time is due to the greater inertia of the physical toxins as opposed to the
psychological originated stress.
My Personal Standard
As I write this, I celebrated my 84 birthday. My health is excellent. I know that if it were not for the pow-
erful treatments I discovered and developed, I simply would not be here.
I have had colon cancer and a triple bypass heart operation. Just before I made my discoveries, I suffered
from severe chronic fatigue syndrome. I want to numerous physicians, chiropractors, (I even traveled to De-
troit to see if Dr George Goodheart could help, numerous acupuncturists, etc. As my discovery of the role
of toxins became more clear. I was able to cure this myself. It was wonderful that I could do it!!
Today, I take my HRV regularly and if it goes below 100, I fnd out what is wrong by means of my own
objective self-testing procedure. My HRV typically increases to 100 or over as I address the problem
whether it is toxic or psychological stress. Since my body is mainly free of toxic stress in recent years, it is
possible for my SDNN to rise immediately.
References
Bilchick KC, Fetics B, Djoukeng R, Gross-Fisher S, Fletcher RD, Singh SN, Nevo E, Berger RD. (2002)
Prognostic value of heart rate variability in chronic congestive heart failure.
American Journal of Cardiology. 90(1):24-28.
Callahan, R. (2002) Objective evidence of the superiority of TFT in eliminating depression.
The Thought Field.
Sakai, C., Paperny, D., Mathews, M., Tanida, G., Boyd, G., Simons, A., Yamamoto, C.,Mau, C., Nutter,
L. (2001). Thought Field Therapy Clinical Applications: Utilization in an HMO in behavioral medicine and
behavioral health services. Journal of Clinical Psychology, vol57,(10) pp1215-1227.
5
Time Scale: Exercise and smoking cessation are after one year. Biofeedback relaxation training is af-
ter two months. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for depression was carried out for 16 sessions. Sertraline
(Zoloft) was administered for depression for 22 weeks in this study. Common side effects with Sertraline
include nausea, diarrhea, tremor, insomnia, somnolence, and dry mouth. TFT for depression was done in
one session within minutes (Callahan, 2002). Typically there is immediate elimination of depression and
immediate increase in HRV averaging 80% in this sample. No harmful side effects with TFT.
I argue, along that HRV is an index of health - please see my article: Stress, Health, and the Heart: A
Report on Heart Rate Variability and Thought Field Therapy, Including a Theory of the Meaning of HRV.
http://www.tftrx.com/download/index.php
Some Statements From the Scientific Literature on SDNN (HRV)
First, a word on the ultra-conservative manner of scientifc style: It is frowned upon in science, to express
enthusiasm. Here is an exaggerated example of this mode of speech; Two academic scientists are riding on
a train. One scientist looks out the window and seeing a feld of sheep says. Look, the sheep have just been
6
shorn. The other scientist looks and replies, They do appear to have been shorn on one side.
When I published my trauma treatment in 1980, the title of my article included the word amazing. It
was and still is amazing but I broke tradition by using the word in the title. My work with HRV is even still
more amazing but I must stife my excitement which has not diminished in my 80 plus years. To indicate my
enthusiasm for certain scientifc fndings, I use bold type all bold below is my addition.
Stress Test and HRV Low HRV has been shown to be a powerful independent predictor of all cause
mortality in the post-MI (heart attack) population, as well as in patients with a number of non-cardiac
disease states. Indeed, low HRV may be a more powerful predictor than left ventricular ejection fraction,
wall motion abnormalities, frequency and complexity of ventricular ectopy, standard ECG and exercise
ECG indices p440 [in HRV text book]
We examined the specifc role of HRV in relation to sudden death. 245 died suddenly. Those who had
an SDNN of less than 25ms had a 4.1 fold higher risk of sudden death than patients with higher short-term
variability scores.

HRV (SDNN) was also associated with cardiac death in subjects without a history of myocardial infarc-
tion which may indicate that HRV is also a marker for sub-clinical disease. Thus, HRV may predict
sub-clinical conditions.

A reduced variability is a signature for disease and increased risk of mortality.
HRV is a powerful prognosticator of overall mortality.
The lower the HRV, the greater the probability of a greater risk of lethal arrhythmias.
In the Zutphen Study, a prospective study in middle aged and elderly dutch men, HRV was determined
from 15 to 30 second recordings. A strong association between low HRV and death from call causes,
including cancer, was observed.
Low HRV is an indicator of poor general health.
[Report] a progressive reduction of heart rate variability with eventual sudden death in two patients.
These results suggest that sequential measurements of HRV may be useful in predicting sudden death
A Cox proportional-hazards model revealed that each increase of 10ms in SDNN conferred a 20%
decrease in risk of mortality (P=.0001). Bilchick KC, Fetics B, Djoukeng R, Gross-Fisher S, Fletcher RD,
Singh SN, Nevo E, Berger RD. (2002) Prognostic value of heart rate variability in chronic congestive heart
failure. American Journal of Cardiology. 90(1):24-28

7
ComprehensiveAutonomicAssessment System
for research and educational purpose only
The isaversatileinstrument for
measuringtheheart ratevariability(HRV). It srecordingof the
electrocardiograph(ECG) signal
heart ratevariability .
TFT Heart Rate Variability system
perform
or pulsewave andderivesheart rhythm
dataoff thesesignalsfor further analysis
The systemutilizes a ECG
onnectedtoPCvia USBport.
.
TFT Heart Rate Variability either n recorder or
anear-clippulsesensor c a Either typeof
deviceisverysimpletoconnect andusetoobtainreliableheart
rhythmdata
The softwarewasdevelopedto
thestandardsandmathematical proceduresfor short-term
HRVevaluationset byTheEuropeanSocietyof Cardiology
andTheNorthAmericanSocietyof Pacingand
Electrophysiology(1996).
TFT Heart Rate Variability
The systemisacutting
edgetechnologythat givesanabilitytoassess
parasympatheticandsympatheticfunctionsand
assesstheautonomicbalanceinthebody. During
or after sessionthesystemperformsa
comprehensiveshort-termHRVanalysisand
createsdetailedreports. Thisallowsfor aneasy
comparisonacrossnumerousapplicationsor
procedures.
TFT Heart Rate Variability
Copyright 1998-2009BiocomTechnologies. All rightsreserved.
8
S
e
n
d
u
s
e
-
m
a
i
l
t
o
:
@
.
c
o
m
O
R
C
a
l
l
u
s
a
t
:
6
0
-
-
j
o
a
n
n
e
t
f
t
r
x
7
5
6
4
1
0
0
8
P
h
o
n
e
:
6
0
-
-
F
a
x
:
6
0
-
-
5
E
-
m
a
i
l
:
@
.
c
o
m
w
w
w
.
.
c
o
m
C
a
l
l
a
h
a
n
T
e
c
h
n
i
q
u
e
s
,
L
t
d
.
7
5
6
4
1
0
0
8
7
5
6
4
5
3
7
j
o
a
n
n
e
t
f
t
r
x
t
f
t
r
x
E
v
a
l
u
a
t
e
y
o
u
r
c
u
r
r
e
n
t
o
v
e
r
a
l
l
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
D
i
s
c
o
v
e
r
h
o
w
y
o
u
r
e
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
a
n
d
l
i
f
e
s
t
y
l
e
a
f
f
e
c
t
y
o
u
r
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
i
n
n
e
r
b
a
l
a
n
c
e
R
e
v
e
a
l
s
a
d
d
l
e
h
e
a
l
t
h
i
s
s
u
e
s
E
s
t
i
m
a
t
e
t
h
e
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
n
e
s
s
o
f
p
h
y
s
i
c
a
l
t
r
a
i
n
i
n
g
C
h
o
o
s
e
t
h
e
r
i
g
h
t
h
e
a
l
t
h
i
m
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
p
r
o
c
e
d
u
r
e
s
C
h
e
c
k
h
o
w
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
w
o
r
k
s
a
f
f
e
c
t
i
n
g
y
o
u
r
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
E
d
e
v
i
c
e
w
i
t
h
W
i
n
d
o
w
s
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
a
s
y
-
t
o
-
u
s
e
E
v
a
l
u
a
t
e
y
o
u
r
c
u
r
r
e
n
t
o
v
e
r
a
l
l
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
T
h
e
I
n
n
e
r
B
a
l
a
n
c
e
S
c
a
n
i
s
a
s
c
i
e
n
t
i
f
i
c
a
l
l
y
v
a
l
i
d
a
t
e
d
W
i
n
d
o
w
s
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
a
d
o
p
t
e
d
t
o
:
S
i
m
p
l
e
5
-
m
i
n
u
t
e
t
e
s
t
a
t
a
n
y
t
i
m
e
o
f
t
h
e
d
a
y
u
s
i
n
g
a
n
e
a
r
-
c
l
i
p
s
e
n
s
o
r
w
i
l
l
s
h
o
w
y
o
u
i
n
t
e
r
p
r
e
t
a
t
i
v
e
r
e
p
o
r
t
a
b
o
u
t
y
o
u
r
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
T
a
k
i
n
g
t
w
o
5
-
m
i
n
u
t
e
t
e
s
t
s
w
i
l
l
h
e
l
p
y
o
u
t
o
u
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
h
o
w
a
n
y
e
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
a
l
f
a
c
t
o
r
(
l
i
k
e
p
e
t
s
,
m
u
s
i
c
,
c
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
g
a
m
e
,
a
n
y
e
x
e
r
c
i
s
e
e
t
c
.
)
I
n
f
l
u
e
n
c
e
d
y
o
u
r
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
i
n
n
e
r
b
a
l
a
n
c
e
D
a
i
l
y
u
s
a
g
e
o
f
I
n
n
e
r
B
a
l
a
n
c
e
S
c
a
n
a
l
l
o
w
s
y
o
u
t
o
s
e
e
a
p
r
o
g
r
e
s
s
i
v
e
r
e
p
o
r
t
o
f
y
o
u
r
o
v
e
r
a
l
l
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
.
T
h
i
s
w
i
l
l
a
l
l
o
w
y
o
u
t
o
e
s
t
i
m
a
t
e
y
o
u
r
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
n
e
x
t
w
e
e
k
,
m
o
n
t
h
,
y
e
a
r
a
n
d
c
o
n
t
a
c
t
y
o
u
r
p
h
y
s
i
c
i
a
n
i
f
i
t
i
s
g
e
t
t
i
n
g
w
o
r
s
e
A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
5
-
m
i
n
u
t
e
t
e
s
t
a
f
t
e
r
r
e
c
o
v
e
r
i
n
g
f
r
o
m
y
o
u
r
e
x
e
r
c
i
s
e
s
w
i
l
l
s
h
o
w
y
o
u
t
h
e
d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
i
n
y
o
u
r
r
e
g
u
l
a
t
o
r
y
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
a
n
d
o
v
e
r
a
l
l
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
.
T
h
i
s
w
i
l
l
h
e
l
p
y
o
u
n
o
t
t
o
g
e
t
o
v
e
r
-
t
r
a
i
n
e
d
o
r
u
n
d
e
r
-
t
r
a
i
n
e
d
P
r
o
g
r
e
s
s
i
v
e
r
e
p
o
r
t
s
h
o
w
s
w
h
e
r
e
y
o
u
r
i
n
n
e
r
b
a
l
a
n
c
e
i
s
m
o
v
i
n
g
,
a
l
l
o
w
i
n
g
y
o
u
t
o
c
h
o
o
s
e
p
r
o
c
e
d
u
r
e
s
t
h
a
t
l
e
a
d
y
o
u
t
o
w
a
r
d
s
o
p
t
i
m
a
l
i
n
n
e
r
b
a
l
a
n
c
e
s
t
a
t
e
T
a
k
i
n
g
t
w
o
5
-
m
i
n
u
t
e
"
b
e
f
o
r
e
"
a
n
d
"
a
f
t
e
r
"
t
e
s
t
s
w
i
l
l
h
e
l
p
y
o
u
t
o
u
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
h
o
w
y
o
u
r
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
(
l
i
k
e
t
a
k
i
n
g
m
e
d
i
c
i
n
e
,
g
o
i
n
g
t
o
c
h
i
r
o
p
r
a
c
t
o
r
o
r
m
a
s
s
a
g
e
t
h
e
r
a
p
i
s
t
,
e
t
c
.
)
I
n
f
l
u
e
n
c
e
d
y
o
u
r
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
,
t
o
s
e
e
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
n
e
s
s
o
f
a
n
y
h
e
a
l
t
h
i
m
p
r
o
v
i
n
g
p
r
o
c
e
d
u
r
e
D
i
s
c
o
v
e
r
h
o
w
y
o
u
r
e
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
a
n
d
l
i
f
e
s
t
y
l
e
a
f
f
e
c
t
y
o
u
r
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
i
n
n
e
r
b
a
l
a
n
c
e
R
e
v
e
a
l
s
a
d
d
l
e
h
e
a
l
t
h
i
s
s
u
e
s
E
s
t
i
m
a
t
e
t
h
e
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
n
e
s
s
o
f
p
h
y
s
i
c
a
l
t
r
a
i
n
i
n
g
C
h
o
o
s
e
t
h
e
r
i
g
h
t
h
e
a
l
t
h
i
m
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
p
r
o
c
e
d
u
r
e
s
C
h
e
c
k
h
o
w
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
w
o
r
k
s
a
f
f
e
c
t
i
n
g
y
o
u
r
h
e
a
l
t
h
c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n

2
0
0
0
2
0
0
9

B
i
o
c
o
m

T
e
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
i
e
s
A
l
l

r
i
g
h
t
s

r
e
s
e
r
v
e
d
.
T
h
o
u
g
h
t
F
i
e
l
d
T
h
e
r
a
p
y
E
d
i
t
i
o
n
9
Depression, Grief, and Heart Rate Variability
By Howard Hagglund, MD
Part I Depression and Heart Rate Variability
I am a family practitioner in Norman, Oklahoma. I have been usi ng the Callahan Techniques for about
six months. I was at the causal diagnosis training seminar in June of 1999 and something interesting hap-
pened.
I have been very much involved in all the alternative therapies but as far as getting my own self well, it
has never been a top priority. Indeed, I had a lot of despair about it. I volunteered to be treated using the
Heart Rate Variability (HRV) Scanner along with the procedure so the effect of the Callahan treatment could
be evaluated by this measurement.
What I had to confess to is that I had a lot of despair and a lot of depression because I never thought I
would fnd a way that would make me well. Everybody else could be well, but not me. My HRV report
refected my poor status.
Dr. Callahan treated me and in less than fve minutes, my depression of over seven years was gone and I
had a bright outlook almost beyond belief. My HRV chart refected this change. It was amazing.
10
Voltmeter & PR MEASUREMENTS
MEANING OF PR
The meaning of PR is that the fow of energy in the body is reversed,i.e., the
normal polarities are reversed.
In such a state, normal healing and successful treatments are blocked from
working.
Professor Harold Saxton Burr
Dr. Burr discovered that all living things - from men to mice, from trees
to seeds - are molded and controlled by electro-dynamic felds, which
could be measured and mapped with standard voltmeters.
These felds of life, or L-felds, are the basic blueprints of all life on
this planet. Their discovery is of immense signifcance to all of us. Dr.
Burr believed that, since measurements of L-feld voltages can reveal
physical and mental conditions, doctors should be able to use them to
diagnose illness before symptoms develop, and so would have a better
chance of successful treatment.
Professor Burrs Voltmeter
This is a Hewlett-Packard DC Vacuum Tube Voltmeter Model 412A
Recommended by Burr to measure electrodynamic felds.
11
Control System and Direction
In the growth and development of very living system there is obviously some
kind of control of the processes.
Burr elaborates that control requires direction.
One of the few things in the universe, which possess direction, is the electrical property of things.
Even atypical growth (e.g. cancer) requires direction.
Life requires energy but energy has no direction
What Callahan calls PR and what Burr called the reversals of polarity appear to make sense from
the standpoint of control forces operating within life.
Dr. Langmans Hypothesis
Langman had been a student of Prof. Harold Saxton Burr
Was a professor of Gynecology at New York University
Mention of Langmans study was in the Appendix of Burrs book
Dr. Louis Langman hypothesized that cancer is fundamentally an alteration of
field forces in the body.
To check the idea, he examined cellular diagnosed cases of cancer under blind conditions; that is, the
pathologist and Langman did not know who was who. He compared these cases (in measurement of body
polarity by Burrs method) to normals. [The measurement of body polarity was done with a sensitive
voltmeter placing the electrodes on different parts of the body.]
Langmans Results
Those with NO GYNECOLOGICAL CONDITION
Positive Polarity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 74
Negative Polarity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4
95% of the normal group showed the measured polarity to be POSITIVE.
Those with MALIGNANCY
Positive Polarity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5
Negative Polarity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 118
96% of this group showed the measured polarity to be NEGATIVE.
The cancer group has a striking preponderance of women showing a reversal of normal polar-
ity. Dr. Callahan made the discovery of PSYCHOLOGICAL REVERSAL and found that the few
cancer patients he had ALL showed PR. Dr. Shulman learned about PR in Dr. Callahans frst train-
ing. Shulman was a psychologist who specialized in treating cancer patients. On checking his cancer
patients, he discovered they all had PR.
12
We can say that PR is a disrupted flow of energy
caused by reversed polarity.
This reversed polarity can be measured
(in millivolts) and corrected.
ELECTRODE PLACEMENT
BLACK (neutral) on thumb or palm of hand
RED on location to be tested or back of hand
FOR BEST RESULTS
Electrode should make DIRECT CONTACT with skin
13
Examples of Voltmeters used to measure PR.
14
Using the Voltmeter
There are two leads coming from the voltmeter a red and black one. After turning on the proper range,
millivolts, take the black lead and place it on the fngerprint of your thumb.
Place the red lead on the part of the body you want to measure.
You should observe a rather steady movement of the voltmeter in a plus or negative direction coming to
relative rest at a rather steady reading some small variation is tolerable but the trend must be quite clear to
be meaningful and the position of positive or negative should also be quite clear.
If you get sharp variations up and down, in a random sense, with the reading it is likely that you
are in an area of great interference and must work in another more stable area. For example, in our
frst training in our building, my voltmeter worked great in my home but in my offce the variation
was extreme on the ground foor. Despite this on the second foor we saw amazing results with the vm
refecting the profound changes brought about by TFT and the various reversal corrections. What we
have found is that fuorescent lights and wireless internet systems may interfere with stable readings.
Try to select a location in natural lighting and without strong wireless systems near by.
BLUNT THE ENDS OF THE LEADS IF THEY ARE SHARP
We noted immediately that the points on the leads were very sharp. Ask the store to fle off the
sharp points so that no injury takes place or get a a fle and do it yourself.
15
Volume 2, Issue 1
PHOBIA AND ANXIETY TREATMENT BY TELEPHONE AND RADIO
The Final Results of a Replication of Callahans 1987 Study
Glenn Leonoff, Ph.D.
The replication of Callahans 1987 study has been completed and the fnal results reveal an astounding
similarity in the fndings of the two studies.
Radio listeners with phobias and anxiety states were invited to call radio programs in order to receive
live-on-the-air treatment by the investigators. The proprietary Voice Technology(tm) pioneered by Callahan
was used as the method of application of TFT treatment procedures by both Callahan and Leonoff in their
respective studies. Each study included 68 subjects.
Consistent with the procedure of Callahans initial study, the results of the present study include the data
for all callers who were treated, including those whose treatments were interrupted due to programming
requirements before optimal therapeutic results could be achieved. Callahan used this stringent procedure in
order to minimize bias.
Treatment effectiveness was measured by the callers own report about their experienced intensity of
distress. Callahan used a ten-point (1 to 10) Subjective Units of Distress (SUD) rating scale while Leonoff
used an eleven-point (0 to 10) SUD scale.
Despite the less than ideal conditions of treating psychological disorders on radio programs, a remarkable
97 percent success rate was achieved by both investigators. A successful treatment was defned as an im-
provement of two or more SUD points.
Callahans mean (average) pre-treatment distress rating was 8.35 and his mean post-treatment rating was
2.01, representing a 75.9 percent improvement. Leonoffs mean pre-treatment distress rating was 8.19 and
his mean post-treatment rating was 1.59, representing a 75.2 percent improvement. Callahan achieved his
results in an average time of four minutes and thirty-four seconds. Leonoff required an average time of six
minutes and four seconds.
As in Callahans study treatment time represented the entire duration of talking to the caller until treatment
was completed, not just the actual treatment time itself. Since treatment time entailed the entire time spent
in talking with a caller prior to initiation of actual treatment, it is believed that personal interaction styles of
the practitioners account for some of the difference in these measures. A greater willingness to engage in
conversation with a caller prior to initiating the actual treatment would have resulted in a longer documented
treatment time. A more exact measure of actual treatment duration would have been to measure only the
actual treatment time. Such a procedure would have refected the duration of actual treatment time more ac-
curately.
16
COMPARISON OF RESULTS BETWEEN THE CALLAHAN AND LEONOFF STUDIES
Summary Table
Callahan Leonoff
1987 1996
Number of Radio Programs ...................................23 ......................36
Number of Subjects Treated ..................................68 ......................68
Successfully Treated ............................................66 ......................66
Unsuccessfully Treated ........................................ 2 ........................2
Success Ra te ..................................................... 97% ................... 97%
Pre-Treatment Mean (Average) SUD Level ............. 8.35 ....................8.19
Post-Treatment Mean (Average) SUD Level ............ 2.01 ....................1.58
Mean (Average) Improvement in SUD Level ........... 6.34 ....................6.61
Mean (Average) Improvement Percent ................. 79.2% ................. 75.2%
Mean (Average) Treatment Time (Minutes) ........... 4:34 ....................6:04
The fact that these incredibly similar results were achieved a decade apart by two independent investiga-
tors with dissimilar professional backgrounds and signifcant differences in their experience and knowledge
of TFT procedures, provides strong
support for the effciency, effectiveness and reliability of the TFT treatment procedures.
Callahan was the pioneer and developer of these revolutionary treatment procedures.
He undertook his study after approximately six years of refning his methods. Leonoff embarked on his
study during the course of his frst year of study with Callahan. Thus, there was a distinct difference be-
tween the two investigators in their level of technical knowledge, experience and theoretical understanding
of the TFT procedures. The virtually identical therapeutic success demonstrated by the two investigators is
an indicator of the power and predictability of the TFT procedures despite the differing levels of expertise
between the investigators.
All the research data of this replication study is preserved on recorded audio tapes and available for further
scientifc investigation.
The Callahan/Leonoff studies were not intended to investigate the duration of the achieved therapeutic
gains. Duration of treatment results is an obviously important clinical issue for any psychotherapeutic pro-
cedure. Research concerning the duration of TFT treatment is an important next step in the establishment of
an empirical basis for the effcacy of this procedure. Hopefully, the robust fndings of the two studies will
stimulate more extensive research which will address the issue of duration of TFT results.
Preliminary research data supporting the duration of successful TFT treatment is provided by the six-
month follow-up data from the Figley and Carbonell study, Active Ingredients in Effcient Treatment of
PTSD, conducted at Florida State University in 1995. According to the report presented by of these two
researchers at the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies in Boston on November 3, 1995, TFT
treatment gains were maintained on six-month follow-up. This research is expected to be published during
17
1996. The Figley and Carbonell data provide important corroboration to clinical observations of the endur-
ing results of TFT. There is documented clinical evidence of TFT therapeutic gains holding for ten years or
more.
A highly signifcant aspect of the Callahan/Leonoff research is that the demonstrated psychotherapeutic
success was achieved through a procedure which is based on the diagnosis and treatment of the little known
body energy system. The success of the TFT procedures represents a change in the psychotherapeutic para-
digm of psychology.
The diagnostic and therapeutic procedures of TFT are founded on the identifcation of specifc imbalances
in the body energy system as identifed through specifc diagnostic assessment while the subject is engaged
in thinking about or experiencing their particular psychological concern.
Briefy, it is hypothesized that the therapeutic results of TFT demonstrate that the body energy system is
primary to human functioning and is the foundational basis for biochemical, hormonal, neurological and
cognitive levels of human functioning. This theoretical formulation is based on the understanding in mod-
ern physics that complex energy felds and their interrelationships are the basis for all matter, including that
of the human organism. It is theorized that the stimulation of specifcally defned points along the meridian
energy system transduces the physical energy generated by the TFT tapping procedure into a form of elec-
tromagnetic energy which has a direct and positive impact on the psychological thought feld maintained by
the individual undergoing treatment.
The body energy system is generally little known and un-mastered in western clinical practice, there are
isolated recognized pioneers who have ventured to study this level of our organisms functioning and have
reported fndings with clear implications for the procedures and success of TFT.
In the 1940s Harold Saxon Burr of Yale University provided strong evidence that the body
is an energy system and that the state of this energy system is critically signifcant to the development of
living organisms.
Orthopedic surgeon, Robert O. Becker, M.D. (1985), determined the signifcance of electromagnetic en-
ergy felds to bone healing and developed successful treatment methods based on his fndings. Through the
application of electromagnetic felds he was able to restore natural healing ability in the human organism in
terms of enabling bones which would not heal spontaneously to heal under the infuence of governed energy
felds. Another fascinating aspect of Beckers research with electromagnetic felds enabled him to unleash
regeneration of amputated limbs in frogs. The extraordinary aspect of this work was that frogs normally do
not naturally regenerate their lost limbs. Yet, treatments based on the application of electromagnetic energy
felds actualized this healing potential.
The relevance of the body polarity state to human health is dramatically demonstrated in a study by Louis
Langman, M.D., The Implications of the Electro-Metric Test in Cancer of the Female Genital Tract. This
study was published in the appendix of Burrs (1972) book, Blueprint for Immortality: The Electric Pat-
terns of Life (1972), Langmans fndings make a strong case for the relationship between the well being of
the human organism and its polarity. In this study at the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, New
York University, College of Medicine Langman found a dramatic difference in polarity between woman
with cellularly diagnosed cancer of the genital tract and women with no diagnosis of such cancer. Woman
18
with diagnosed cancer had negative polarity in the genital tract 96% of the time as compared to woman with
no known malignancy who showed negative polarity only 5% of the time. This dramatic difference offers
further evidence for the importance of the energy system in the health of individuals. Unfortunately, there is
no known followup research to these fndings.
After twenty years of research the eminent radiologist and former president of Nobel Laureate nominating
committee, Bjorn Nordenstrom (1983) of the Karolinska Institute in Sweden published, Biologically Closed
Electric Circuits: Clinical, Experimental and Theoretical Evidence for An Additional Circulatory System.
In essence, Nordenstrom postulated a circulatory energy system within the human body which he believes
to be as vital to human health as the circulatory blood system. This is a profound statement from such a re-
nowned western scientist. His research led him to believe that disturbances in the body energy system may
be involved in the development of cancer and other diseases. Nordenstrom has been successful in producing
complete remission from various types of cancers metastatic to the lung through the application of polarity
in electrical currents.
Pierre de Vernejoul (1985) at Nekker Hospital in Paris, France reported empirical evidence for the exis-
tence of the meridian (energy) system. His research team injected radioactive technetium 99m into acu-
points and followed the isotopes uptake with gamma-camera imaging. Their fndings indicated the radio-
active substance migrated along the classical meridian pathways the Chinese had defned several thousand
years ago. Injection of the substance into random locations in the body revealed they followed no deter-
mined pathway. The results suggested the meridian system is a separate morphological pathway.
Treatment procedures directed at the meridian system have been successfully applied not only by TFT but
by the disciplines of acupuncture and applied kinesiology. The demonstrated effectiveness of TFT offers
strong evidence for the signifcance of the meridian energy system relative to the rapid treatment of psycho-
logical disorders.
In this era of efforts to fnd cost-saving health procedures and practices, TFT provides the type of effcient
and effective treatment procedures which can help to achieve such objectives in the feld of mental health.
The three levels of training in TFT profciency (Voice Technology(tm), Physical Assessment, Algorithm)
allow for relatively rapid training of practitioners who are able to provide effective treatment in a variety of
health service settings. TFT trained clinicians are able to have access to rapid telephone consultations for
clients with complex disorders from practitioners trained in the use of the proprietary Voice Technology(tm).
Such consultations provide for therapeutic support at the highest levels of profciency for clinicians at all
levels of TFT training.
19
REFERENCES
Becker, R.O. and Selden, G. (1985). The Body Electric: Electromagnetism and the Foundation of Life.
William Morrow and Co., NY.
Burr, H.S. (1972). Blueprint for Immortality: The Electric Patterns of Life.
Neville Spearman, London.
Callahan, R. (1987). Successful Treatment of Phobias and Anxiety by Telephone
and Radio. Collected Papers of the International College of Applied
Kinesiology, Winter.
De Vernejoul, P., et al. (1985). Etude Des Meridians DAcupunture Par Les Traceurs Radioactifs, Bull.
Acad. Natle. Med, 169, 1071-1075.
Langman, L. (1972). The Implications of the Electro-Metric Test in Cancer of
the Female Genital Tract. In Burr, H.S. Blueprint for Immortality: The Electric Patterns of Life. Nev-
ille Spearman, London. 123-154.
Nordenstrom, B. (1983). Biologically Closed Electric Circuits: Clinical, Experimental and Theoretical
Evidence for An Additional Circulatory System Nordic, Stockholm.
20
Research on Thought Field Therapy

Growing Evidence of Its Efficacy
The following studies have been done on Thought Field Therapy (TFT).
Blaich (1988) found that readers improved in their reading speed by 45% after using Dr. Callahans treat-
ment of tapping the side of the hand for Psychological Reversal.
Yancey (2002) found that middle school students used Thought Fielding Therapy to eliminate angry
and violent feelings, to achieve at higher levels in school, and to overcome diffculties in relationships
with friends and family. Adults used TFT with students to assist them in improving their scores on tests,
relieve stress, get along better with family members and friends, overcome violent feelings, and grow in
self-confdence. They also used it with themselves, their families, and their friends to overcome stress.
In 714 participants who were treated by 7 therapists for 1,594 problems, paired-samples t-tests indicated
signifcant reduction on the Subjective Units of Distress (1-10) self-report scale in 31 categories of dis-
tress from pretest to posttest (Sakai et al., 2001).*
Thought Field Therapy signifcantly decreased phobia of needles as measured prior to the treatment
and a month later using the questions on the Fear Survey Schedule (FSS) related to blood-injection-inju-
ry phobia and the Subjective Units of Distress (1-10) self-report scale (Darby, 2002).
Thought Field Therapy signifcantly decreased fear of speaking in public as measured by the Subjec-
tive Units of Distress (1-10) self-report scale and the Speaker Anxiety Scale (Schoninger, 2004).
Of 105 survivors in Kosovo who had 249 traumas, 103 reported complete absence of the trauma with
247 of the traumas. Presence or absence of the bad moment (p. 1238), or trauma, was used due to
cultural taboos against the use of the Subjective Units of Distress (1-10) self-report scale. The results
remained an average of fve months later (Johnson, 2001).*
Thirty-one immigrants to the United States showed a statistically signifcant decrease in posttraumatic
symptoms as indicated by scores on the Posttraumatic Checklist-C, as well as on their Subjective Units
of Distress (1-10) self-report scale from before the Thought Field Therapy treatment to 30 days later
(Folkes, 2002).
21
References
Blaich, R. (1988). Applied kinesiology and human performance. Selected papers of the International
College of Applied Kinesiology, (Winter), 1-15.
Darby, D. W. (2002). The effcacy of Thought Field Therapy as a treatment modality for individuals
diagnosed with blood-injection-injury phobia. Dissertation Abstracts International, 64 (03), 1485B.
(UMI No. 3085152)
Folkes, C. (2002). Thought Field Therapy and trauma recovery. International Journal of Emergency
Mental Health, 4(2), 99-104.
Johnson, C., Shala, M., Sejdijaj, X., Odell, R., & Dabishevci, D. (2001). Thought Field Therapy:
Soothing the bad moments of Kosovo. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 57(10), 1237-1240.*
Sakai, C., Paperny, D., Mathews, M., Tanida, G., Boyd, G., Simons, A., Yamamoto, C., Mau, C., &
Nutter, L. (2001). Thought Field Therapy clinical applications: Utilization in an HMO in behavioral
medicine and behavioral health services. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 57(10), 1215-1227.*
Schoninger, B. (2004). Effcacy of Thought Field Therapy (TFT) as a treatment modality for persons
with public speaking anxiety. Dissertation Abstracts International, 65 (10), 5455. (UMI No. AAT
3149748)
Yancey, V. (2002). The use of Thought Field Therapy in educational settings. Dissertation Abstracts
International, 63 (07), 2470A. (UMI No. 3059661)
*The Journal of Clinical Psychology articles were not peer reviewed and were published with in-
vited critical reviews.
22
Program Outline
Using Thought Field Therapy to Instantly Conquer Your Fears, Anxieties, and Emotional Distress

Week 3: Application Key Components of TFT
1. Structure 9 gamut sandwhich handout
2. Psychological reversals handout
Massive Reversal
Specifc reversal
Mini- reversal
Level II Reversal
Mini-Level II Reversal
3. Major treatment points chart
4. Nine Gamut procedures handout
5. Collar bone breathing handout
6. Floor to ceiling eye-roll handout
7. Advanced procedures toxin correction for reversals - handout
(just mention- 7 second and chakra)
8. Demonstrations submitted in advance
1
2
The Components of TFT Algorithms
The Architecture of TFT
Holons
Algorithms follow a standard pattern. By completing each step strictly in the order that they are pre-
scribed, you will be performing effective TFT in the most effcient manner possible.
There is one standard protocol for all Algorithms, and it conforms to the architecture commonly present in
TFT. To illustrate this, the TFT protocol for the treatment of a simple phobia is shown below:
e, a, c - 9g - e, a, c (sq)
In an abbreviated form, it can be written: e, a, c, 9g, sq.
The complete treatment sequence is known as a holon.
Each holon is a 9 gamut sandwich, including majors (top bun), 9g (meat or vegetables), and majors
(bottom bun).
The collarbone point often ends a sequence of majors, acting something like an exclamation point.
e is a major.
e, a, c together
is a sequence of
majors.
sq = sequence. This
means to repeat the
sequence of majors
given before the 9
Gamut Sequence.
9g = do the 9 Gamut
Sequence.
A state or condition which blocks natural healing and prevents otherwise effective treatments from work-
ing. Evidence for the state of PR is revealed when an otherwise effective treatment does nothing - then after
the PR is corrected the same treatment, which did nothing the moment before, suddenly works. A person
may be fne in most domains of his life and be PR in just one or a selected few. The PR state is usually ac-
companied by negative attitudes and self-sabotaging behavior. A most interesting symptom of PR is that
concepts are reversed 180 degrees; e.g., a person will say South when they mean North, but will not say East
or West when they mean North. The implication of this reversal of concepts is quite profound and is in need
of investigation. It seems to relate to a fundamental aspect of direction (chirality, polarized light, etc.) in
elemental reality. A similar and related symptom of PR is getting numbers or letters out of order; a special
proof readers mark exists for this type of error which illustrates how common it is. The upside down and
backward writing of dyslexia is due to the PR. PR in most of us is a temporary condition and when we are
PR and reverse concepts, letters and numbers, PR may be viewed as a kind of temporary dyslexia. Inter-
estingly, a form of speed is sometimes given to hyperactive youngsters to slow them down. The paradoxical
effect may be due to this reversal phenomenon. A research study (Blaich) showed that of a number of rather
complicated and specialized treatments designed to improve human performance; the rapid (10 seconds)
and simple treatment for PR was by far the most effective in improving performance in reading speed and
comprehension. We fnd the presence of PR on treatment effect to be quite lawful and predictable. We have
found a high correlation between presence of cancer and PR. In a highly signifcant study done at New York
University back in the 1940s it was found that cancer patients had an overwhelming disposition to show a
literal polarity reversal (as compared to normals) as measured by a sensitive instrument that measured body
polarity (see Harold Saxton Burr, Blueprint for Immortality: The electric patterns of life; Neville Spearman,
London, 1972). The concept of PR is relevant to all applied felds. PR is a vital phenomenon to successful
treatment. The treatments would be signifcantly less successful (by 30 to 60%) if we could not correct this
condition. MASSIVE PR is a reversal in most areas of life. MINI-PR is a block which kicks in during treat-
ment and prevents the treatment from being complete. RECURRING PR is a reversal which returns as soon
as it is corrected. Each of these variations of PR require their own special treatment.
3
4
The following has been slightly modified and is taken from
Callahan and Callahan STOP THE
NIGHTMARES OF TRAUMA.
We have met the enemy and he is us.
Pogo (by Walt Kelly)
Revised 2006
What is Psychological Reversal (PR)? Psychological reversal (PR) is the single most important funda-
mental dynamic concept for health, human progress, happiness, and success that one may ever encounter.
PR also blocks an otherwise powerful treatment from working. It is easy to learn how to treat for PR and
to understand it. We also fnd that it is easy to take it for granted and to lose sight of its dynamic import for
natural healing and for all kinds of various treatments. If it were not for the discovery of the PR, and how
to correct the condition, in 1979, the success rate of TFT would be reduced by as much as 40 to 50%. Many
people today who are quickly cured of intense psychological and other problems would be completely un-
treatable if we did not understand and know how to correct the important but seemingly simple phenomenon
of psychological reversal.
Psychological reversal was the frst discovery I made among the numerous discoveries that constitute
TFT. Many people think of TFT as a unitary therapy but it consists of many quite separate parts, each one of
which I proved to be effective and signifcant in helping people. The nine gamut treatments, for example,
are nine separate treatments that I eventually combined into one since they were all treated on what has
become the ubiquitous gamut point. In my frst book, Five Minute Phobia Cure, these treatments were all
listed separately and were not joined until later.
I knew and I know there is a terrible penalty for making radical revolutionary discoveries. I have some-
times thought, if I had quit with PR it would have been easy for conventional therapists to incorporate a
simple procedure that would increase their success rate and I would have avoided a lot of the pain and diff-
culty I had to go through. For example, Dr Gary Emery, a prominent clinical psychologist who co-authored
a book on Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy with Professor Aaron Beck, quickly saw and publicly proclaimed
the value of my discovery of PR, calling it one of the most important discoveries in clinical psychology.
However, I would have missed the fun of it all and the fun and pleasure of discovery far out weighs the
pain! I was reminded of this recently when I read the recent issue of the very interesting cancer newslet-
ter ([email protected]) by Ralph Moss, PhD. One of Dr Mosss mentors was the brilliant Albert
Szent-Gyorgyi who was quoted as saying It is fne to be one step ahead of everyone else just dont be two
steps ahead. Of course, he did not follow his own advice.
I frst discovered PR as a real phenomenon before I found a way to treat it. Not until a number of months
later, after intensive searching and clinical research, did I discover a therapy for correcting PR; as you may
5
see, in my original article on PR I found several ways to correct it. Prior to the discovery of the treatment
for PR, it was clear that PR was an undesirable state; it was also clear that it was associated with chronic
problems and that it carried with it a disposition toward destructive and self-destructive behavior.
Psychological reversal is a state of being which is caused by a simple polarity reversal within a system .
All of us at times can be and are in this state. When we are in a bad, destructive mood, this is almost always
a sign that the PR state predominates.
When a new discovery is made it is a formidable problem to select a name for it that will likely endure
into the unknown future as further discoveries are made. The name psychological reversal was frst cho-
sen because the state appeared to reverse the usual motivational state of the person. PR appeared to turn the
person against self-interest and toward self-defeat. I frst viewed PR as a reward-punishment system that re-
sulted in stress if the person wished to do good and no stress if harm or a self-destructive path was followed.
This would be an obvious perversion within a system.
The term PR was frst viewed as a metaphor. Years later it was exciting to fnd and discover that
the term is much more than just a metaphor and actually refers to a concrete literal reversal of polar-
ity. This was shown through the use of batteries and the hand on the head test back vs palm. During
the state of PR there is a literal reversal of polarity involved (see the work of Professor Harold Saxton
Burr of Yale) who measured literal polarity in living things with a special voltmeter (Burr, H.S., 1972
Blueprint for immortality: the electric patterns of life, London, Neville Spearman. He points out that every
cell is polarized and that the sperm polarizes the egg.
Once one grasps the fact of a literal reversal, I am sometimes asked, Since the PR is literally a polarity
block in a particular system, why do you still use the term psychological, why not just reversal? This is a
sophisticated question but the psychological part is an intrinsic factor when we wish to diagnose and or treat
the PR. Having the person think of the problem is absolutely crucial in both diagnosis and in treatment.
Tuning the problem is, of course, a psychological process and is an essential element in both the diagnosis
(see Causal Diagnosis) and the treatment of the condition.
Types of PR
Specifc PR is the most common form and is limited to a specifc area or areas of a persons life. For in-
stance, a person who has a mental block to learning computers might be reversed only in the area of com-
puters. This condition will make him appear inadequate in this one domain while in other pursuits he may
be quite accomplished.
Massive PR is a reversal that affects most of a persons entire life, rather than just one specifc area. A
person who is massively reversed needs to be treated for this condition in order for any treatment to work.
Such people are often in a chronic bad mood and exhibit a negative attitude towards life. [I have found that
not all systems are reversed even in what I call a massive pr, just most or many.]
Mini PR occurs when a treatment is partially, but not completely successful. For example, in doing the
trauma treatment, the persons level of upset goes from a SUD of 9 to a 4, but does not go any lower (with-
out PR treatment). Several years after discovering how to correct for PR, I identifed this partial PR.
Recurring PR is a psychological reversal that tends to return as soon as it is corrected. We have found that
this is most often due to toxins (see Cure and Time chapter).
Behavioral Signs Which Reveal That PR is Present Here are some common signs in everyday life that a
PR is present: Client shows no improvement after a usually effective treatment is administered. PR is cor-
rected and then dramatic improvement takes place after a repeat of the very same treatment that a moment
prior to the PR correction did absolutely nothing. This is a highly robust predictable observation and will be
6
easily observable if you refrain from correcting PR routinely prior to treatment.
Person reverses the correct order of letters or numbers. This effect is so commonplace that
proofreaders have a special sign to indicate it. Whenever I fnd this or any other signs of PR in myself, I im-
mediately correct my pr.
Person reverses directional concepts when in the PR state. For example, he will say up when meaning
down or right when meaning up or left; North when South is intended. Interestingly, they will
not say West or East when they mean North but only the opposite, South. Actions can be reversed
also when in the PR state; e.g., person puts a cooked turkey in the oven instead of refrigerator that was
intended or vice-versa. I fnd these reversals, correlated as they are to what I call PR, to be most interesting
from a theoretical standpoint.
Some Examples of Quotations Which Feature Some Aspect of What I Call PR The phenomenon of psy-
chological reversal can be readily inferred as expressed in the following quotes:
Did you ever feel that life is an obstacle course and you are the biggest obstacle?
Jack Paar, Original Tonight Show host
Its a pleasure to be here on the Larry Queen show.

Jerry Spence, Notable defense attorney, Guest host on the Larry King show
For the good that I would I do not: but the evil which I would not, that I do...s
I fnd then a law, that, when I would do good, evil is present with me.
For I delight in the law of God after the inward man:
But I see another law in my members, warring against the law of my mind,
and bringing me into captivity to the law of sin which is in my members.
Saint Paul, Romans 7:18; 20; 22; 23
An Incident of a Childs PR A beautiful young 4-year-old girl whom we shall call Judy had
spent a long day with her parents riding on a boat, mixing and playing with a number of older relatives. Un-
explainably, she suddenly began crying intensely kicking and screaming. Surprisingly, nothing seemed to be
able to relieve Judys apparent agony, not to mention the agony of everyone in her presence.
Her mother reported that Judy had been screaming and carrying on for almost a straight hour, for no
known reason. Mother looked over at me and asked, Is there anything I can do? I suggested that she do
the simple PR treatment. With nothing to lose, her mother gently tapped the side of her hand.treatment and
Judy suddenly became transformed. She abruptly stopped crying and began observing her surroundings and
interacting with the dozen or so people present in the large summer cottage living room.
PR as a Block to Healing The following is typical of the kinds of stories we hear all the time. I received
a letter from Dr. John T. Hughes of Ashland Kentucky, a chiropractor and member of the International Col-
lege of Applied Kinesiology. Dr. Hughes stated that in the 1980s, he was teaching a class of doctors and
wanted to show them the phenomenon of PR that he learned from an article I had written (Callahan, 1981b).
He used the TFT diagnostic procedure for PR with a volunteer, a wife of one of the doctors.
7
The diagnostic test for massive reversal showed that she had no reversal (see Callahan Techniques Caus-
al Diagnosis Home Study Course). Her husband, who had heard of my notion of pr, asked Dr. Hughes to ask
her specifcally about her jaw. Dr Hughes then checked for specifc reversal on her jaw by having her say:
I want my jaw to be healthy. She then showed that she had a specifc reversal that was mainly responsible
for preventing an infection, as described below, from healing.
She had had a root canal performed on one of her teeth and developed a hole in her lower right jaw. This
had continued to produce an exudate of pus for about a year and a half. She consulted another dentist but
the condition continued for they did not know why she didnt heal. Dr. Hughes then used my simple proce-
dure for correcting reversal.
The treatment for PR occurred on a weekend and Dr. Hughes saw the doctor and his wife the following
Thursday at a meeting. The doctor said, I want to tell you what happened to my wife after you corrected
her . That very evening the hole in her jaw really started to run and produce more exudate than ever
before. Then it just stopped. They had the dentist examine the area and he said all the tissue appeared
clear and healthy.
Dr. Hughes saw the couple a few months later and she said, Do you want to see my scar? The jaw was
totally healed. This story fts many experiences of many doctors. A PR can prevent normal healing and the
simple correction can often bring about dramatic changes.
A Recent Experience I(RC) was fying home from the East Coast and I fell asleep with my right arm in
a peculiar position. I awakened and the fngers in my right hand were all cramped. Rubbing the hand and
arm and waiting for a time did nothing for this recalcitrant cramp. I tapped the PR point on the side of the
hand, and immediately the fngers all relaxed and went to normal.
Fractures It is well known among those who work in the feld of orthopedics that a person may
break a leg and have it set, but in a small number of cases the fracture will not heal. This is quite serious
for the unhealed leg may need to be surgically removed. Interestingly, experienced orthopedic surgeons will
sometimes put a battery or a magnet on the site of the fracture and in some cases; this will result in healing.
When this works it would seem that the battery or magnet does something that corrects the literal polarity
reversal in the healing system associated with the fractured leg (see Robert O. Becker; and Basset, Pawluk,
and Pila; and also Nordenstrom).
My theory is that a psychological reversal is responsible for the lack of healing just as in the case of the
jaw, and of course this is an easily testable notion. The PR treatment takes but seconds as you will see, and
it would be easy to check out the theory on this. If the leg still does not begin healing immediately then we
suggest that a diagnostically trained TFT therapist be brought in to investigate why the PR was not correct-
able, which is a rare event but has a known cause for one properly trained in TFT. Often, in such cases, a
knowledgeable TFT therapist can fnd the precise reason for the diffculty and once found the PR is usually
corrected.
Incident A young man recovering from a severe case of paranoia for which he had been hospitalized is a
member of a therapy group. His example is instructive because whenever he was psychologically reversed,
it was obvious to all present from the expression on his facethis is not true of most people. When it is
obvious, it is like neon sign readingI am psychologically reversed! Members of the group would im-
mediately urge him to correct his pr. The moment he did this, his face changed dramatically.
8
Evidence For PR In addition to the observations noted above, there are a number of different types of
evidence supporting the concept of psychological reversal.
Dr. Robert Blaich is a leading Applied Kinesiologist (AK) practitioner. Applied Kinesiology is a method
of diagnosis for chiropractic problems, which involves testing various muscles. AK was discovered and
developed by Dr. George Goodheart, a genius chiropractor from Detroit. Dr. Blaich and his colleague, Dr.
David Walther, jointly taught the 100 hour course in AK that I attended. I had discovered PR prior to taking
the course. Drs Blaich and Walther were the frst health care professionals to see the value of my discovery
of psychological reversal.
In his superb presentation of Applied Kinesiology, Walther (1988) states:
Most practicing physicians can recognize psychologically reversed individuals in their practices. These
are often the individuals who respond poorly to treatment: when there is some improvement in a condition,
they will dwell on the negative aspects. Even when the improvement is pointed out, they will immediately
change the subject back to the negative aspects.
Dr. Blaich, also an outstanding chiropractor, specializes in high level human performances and works with
a number of elite world class athletes. He told me he found the PR correction to be invaluable in helping
these athletes to break their own and other records.
Dr. Blaich (1988) did a most interesting research project wherein he attempted to improve the reading
speed and comprehension of a group of professionals. The study used various treatment methods that might
aid people, who were already high achievers, to improve their performances even more. He measured and
demonstrated performance by using reading and comprehension skills. He found that the treatment for PR
(which was by far, the most rapid and simple of the various treatments used) was the most effective of all
the therapy methods used. Some required very high professional skills in order to carry the complex proce-
dure.
He states:
Reading #4, which provided a 45% improvement over reading #3 and a 119% improvement over reading
#1, followed the treatment for Psychological Reversal and exhibited the greatest single change in reading
rate of any of the steps done. Dr. Callahans procedure seems to have a very signifcant impact on human
performance as evaluated here (p12, my emphasis).
[The PR treatment as now used , takes less than fve seconds; and although other treatments were used,
the PR treatment was the only TFT treatment used in this study.
PR and Cancer Soon after I discovered psychological reversal I observed something interest-
ing. My clients came to me because they had various psychological problems. During the period of
1981-83, I saw 8 clients who also happened to have cancer. I noticed that each of these clients showed
massive PR. I thought this was an interesting fnding but did not make much of it since the number of
individuals was so small.
Around this time I gave a training on my procedures to some interested psychologists. One of these psy-
chologists, Dr. Lee Shulman, specialized in working with cancer patients. When I reported my fnding about
cancer and psychological reversal he decided to check out my fnding with his larger group of cancer clients.
He was seeing more than 35 cancer patients at the time. Upon checking them for PR he reported that every
9
one of these clients also showed the presence of pr. Over a longer period of time, Dr. Shulman reported that
he continued to fnd this relationship between cancer and PR.
What does this mean? I am no expert in cancer and I know that there are numerous people who show PR
who do not have cancer. Nevertheless, this seemed a rather curious fnding. No other diagnostic category
stood out so emphatically as far as the presence of psychological reversal is concerned.
A few cancer clients appeared to surprisingly recover from their cancer but there was no way to know if
any part of their recovery was helped by our treatments or not. It would make some sense if the treatments,
including the treatments for PR, did help eliminate their cancer but there is insuffcient evidence at this time.
Professor Harold Saxton Burr A few years ago, I was able to track down a book I had been searching for
by Harold Saxton Burr. Professor Burr was a biologist at Yale University in the 1940s and did some very
interesting work with a sensitive voltmeter. He demonstrated that all living things, even leaves, showed that
they possessed a polarity on this meter (Burr).
In the Appendix of Burrs book, is a most interesting report of the fndings of Louis Langman, MD, who
had been a student of Dr. Burr. Dr. Louis Langman was a professor of gynecology at New York Univer-
sity and carried out a most remarkable study. He hypothesized that cancer is fundamentally an alteration
of feld forces in the body. To check this idea he examined cellular diagnosed cases of cancer under blind
conditions; that is, the pathologist and Dr. Langman did not know who was who. He compared these cases
(in measurements of body polarity by Burrs method, i.e., with a voltmeter) to normal individuals. [The
measurement of polarity was done with a sensitive voltmeter placing the electrodes on different parts of the
body.]
The startling results were (briefly) as follows:
Those with no malignant condition
Positive polarity 74
Negative polarity 4
95% of the normal group showed the measured polarity to be positive.
Those with malignancy
Positive polarity 5
Negative polarity 118
96% of this group showed polarity to be negative.
The cancer group has a striking preponderance of women showing a reversal of normal polarity. This
appears to correlate dramatically with what I found and was later found by Dr. Shulman with what I call
psychological reversal which is a reversal of polarity measured with a muscle test.
10
Dr. Langman then studied an additional 737 patients who had a benign gynecological condition. He found
that in this group 611 showed a positive polarity and 126 were negative; i.e., 83% positive and 17% nega-
tive.
A further strong confrmation of Langmans relationship between polarity and cancer received very strong
support from the fact that when cancerous tumors were surgically removed the polarity changed from nega-
tive to positive (Langman, in Burr 1972, p144)
Statistical tests of signifcance are obviously not needed with differences as great as these.
Which comes frst, cancer or PR? Langman believes cancer is caused by an alteration of feld forces in
the body. If future evidence supports this then it seems that PR, or the polarity reversal is primary in some
important respect. We typically fnd that most chronic conditions, physical or psychological, have a PR as-
sociated with them. We know that most people who have a PR, we all do at times, do not have cancer but
nevertheless the fndings are strongly suggestive. More than this cannot be said with great confdence at this
time. If any published researcher with access to cancer patients would like to investigate this I would be
happy to contribute my understandings and experience to the research.
Since we fnd that psychological problems cannot be successfully treated when there is a PR, (the pertur-
bations, ps simply will not show) perhaps something similar exists with at least some cases of cancer. If
there is a PR then healing may be unable to take place. This may make the cancer more strongly established
in the system insulated from the ordinary healing sytem.
Control System and Direction Burr (1972, p58) points out that In the growth and development of every
living system there is obviously some kind of control of the processes. He elaborates that control requires
direction and points out that one of the few things in the universe, which possesses direction, is the electrical
property of things. He elaborates that even atypical growth (e.g., cancer) requires direction.
Burr (1972, p 58) elaborates that life requires energy but energy has no direction. What I call the PR and
what Burr called the reversals of polarity appear to make sense from the standpoint of control forces operat-
ing within life.
Sleep, Anesthesia, and PR Robert O. Becker reports a very interesting fnding and that is
living creatures show a polarity reversal when they sleep and also when they are under anesthesia. I know
from long experience with PR that a condition cannot heal if there is a PR present. Sleep and anesthesia
represent two different degrees of lack of general awareness. It has been shown that some people show
evidence of awareness even under anesthesia; this has been known for many years and has prompted those
in the operating room to be careful of what they say in the presence of an anesthetized patient.
On this basis, I would predict that patients in a coma would also show a general PR but this has not been
tested as far as I know.
It is interesting that the PR is an electrical, and, more precisely, a polarity phenomenon. Many systems in
the body take advantage of polarities in order to operate effectively. If the proper polarity is incorrect then
there is a blockage of fow (just like two north poles on a magnet repel each other, instead of attraction there
11
is repulsion. When such is the case in a healing system then we run into potentially serious problems. But
remember many of the serious problems are quite correctable with the simple correction of the PR that will
then allow healing to properly begin.
The anesthesiologist, Stuart Hameroff, of Arizona State University, who along with the mathematical
physicist Roger Penrose are major contributors to theories of understanding consciousness. Hameroff has
pointed out the interesting fact that the gases used in anesthesias are not from a common chemical category
but rather seem similar in their electric effects on the system.
I fnd it especially relevant in this context that recent discoveries of the process of inebriation show that it
is not the chemical effect of alcohol which results in drunkeness the chemical effect is relevant, however,
in understanding cell damage but rather it is the electric effect of alcohol on the brain cells which causes
drunkenness.
Alcohols Electric Effects No one has understood how intoxication takes place. It is known that ethanol
does not appear to affect brain cells until the concentration is deadly and begins to destroy cells. It has been
found that the body begins breaking ethanol down into fatty acid ethyl esters, these changes, it is reported,
results in changes in calcium which in turn affects the electric activity of the cells.
This landmark fnding is reported in a Science News article which states that In the Dec 20, 1996, J of
Biological Chemistry, Richard Gross and Rose A. Gubatosi-Klug, of Washington University, School of
Medicine, Gross says: Our report is the frst to show ... these profound changes in the electrical functions of
a [brain cell] at concentrations of alcohol which are present after people drink,
For many years I have observed that it is diffcult or impossible to treat someone who is inebriated. In
the light of these recent reports, it seems that not only is such a person not in very high state of awareness,
but it now seems that the electric effects of alcohol may render them somewhat asleep and the PR may be
mainly responsible for the lack of responsiveness to treatments.
Taking a cue from this, I (RJC) have speculated that any system in a state of psychological reversal may
be considered non-functional or even dead. When I told this view to Joanne, my wife and co-author, she
said, No, it is more like the system is in a coma. I believe that this is a more precise expression of the
condition.
The important news about the PR correction is that it will revive the system to proper functioning so that
healing may begin.
Dr Werner Loewenstein, Director of the Laboratory of Cell Communication at the Marine Biological
laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass has recently published some very important fndings on the communication
of cells. [The maintenance of life requires enormous constant communication within the living body.] All of
Loewensteins work is interesting and I recommend this work highly to scholars in this area, but one of his
fndings appears to cohere with my discovery of the effects of PR, which I found years ago.
Loewenstein says (p, 194-195):
Let us check briefy on the performance of [these units of information reception and transmission]
to see how well they measure up to that promise. First, their directionality. To get a message through a
communication channel, the information fowing through it must have a direction (see Burr above). In
12
of our technology, the direction is given by irreversible (one way) transmission stations. This is also
true for the intercellular channels, though there may be an occasional reversible demon too along the
line. But its the irreversible ones who bring home the bacon they are the ones who get the message
through (my emphasis).
[James Clerk Maxwell proposed the demon as an entity, which (in imagination) might overturn the most
sanctifed law of modern science, The Second Law of Thermodynamics. The demon was proposed as a
device to help Maxwell understand the Second Law (Von Baeyer author of Maxwells Demon). Maxwell,
in the 1860s) is the famous scientist who created the theory of electromagnetism and Maxwells equations,
among other things.
I am suggest that PR may well be another meaningful name for a signifcant collection of reversible
demons. When the PR is corrected , with my simple treatment, we then are in a position to witness the
reversal being corrected and the bacon being brought home. Or, in other words, the healing system can
now deliver the information required to heal a particular system.
Please do not allow the simplicity and ease of the PR correction mislead you to underrate its relevance and
importance in all kinds of healing. Correcting PR can add to the success of any treatment that is generally
successful.
13
Psychological Reversal Corrections
At any level, once PR has been corrected, begin the algorithm again from the beginning (See the Thought
Field Therapy Protocol in Section 4.4 for guidance).
Correction for Specific PR
Indication: Little or no change in SUD after the majors
Tap the Specifc PR spot on the side of the hand (karate chop)
about 15 timeswhile focusing on the problem.
Repeat the majors. Check SUD. If SUD has not dropped 2 or
more points, go to Recurring PR.
Correction for Recurring PR
Indication: Little or no change in SUD following repeat of the majors
after correcting for Specifc PR
Rub the sore spot on the left side of the chest
while focusing on the problem.

Repeat the majors. Check SUD. If SUD has not dropped 2 or more
points, go to Recurring PR.
14
Correction for Massive Reversal
after correcting for Specifc PR and Recurring PR
Rub the sore spot on the left side of the chest
while focusing on problems and limitations in general.
(This is also a treatment for a person who
is chronically negative or self-sabotaging.)
Repeat the majors. Check SUD. If SUD has not dropped 2 or more
points, go to Level 2 PR (PR2).
Correction for Level 2 Psychological
Reversal (PR2)
after correcting for all previous forms of PR
Tap the treatment point under the nose (un) 15 times
while focusing on the problem.
Repeat the majors. Check SUD.
Mini-PR
Correct for Mini-PR when the SUD has dropped by two points and is still not 2 or below.
Then, repeat the entire treatment (majors, 9 gamut, majors).
15
Correction for Mini-Specific PR
Indication: SUD is still above 2
Tap the Specifc PR spot on the side of the hand about 15 times
while focusing on what remains of the problem.
Repeat the entire treatment (majors, 9 gamut, majors).
Check SUD. If still not 2 or less, go to Mini-Recurring PR.
Correction for Mini-Recurring PR
Indication: SUD is still above 2 after tapping for Mini-Specifc PR and repeating
the entire treatment (majors, 9g, majors)
Rub the sore spot while focusing on what remains of the problem.
Check SUD. If still not 2 or less, go to Mini- PR2.
Correction for Mini-PR2
Indication: SUD still above 2 after the previous mini-PR treatments have been
administered, including repeating the entire treatment (majors, 9 gamut, majors)
after each treatment
Tap the treatment point under the nose (un) 15 times
while focusing on what remains of the problem.
Check SUD.
16
17
The Nine Gamut Sequence (9g)
While continuously tapping the Gamut Spot (allowing about 5 taps for each step), do the following:
1. Close the eyes
2. Open the eyes
3. Move the eyes down and to one side
4. Move the eyes down and to the other side
5. Roll the eyes in a circle in one direction
6. Roll the eyes in a circle in the opposite direction
7. Hum a tune (about five notes) out loud, with mouth closed
8. Count out loud from one to five
9. Hum a tune again aloud, with mouth closed
NOTE:
Steps 1 to 6 of the Nine Gamut Sequence can be performed in any order (i.e., eyes down left frst or eyes
down right frst; eyes in a circle to the left frst or eyes in a circle to the right frst).
18
Collarbone Breathing Treatment (CB2)
Collarbone breathing (CB2) is a treatment developed by Roger Callahan that will often allow a very resis-
tant problem to respond to TFT treatments.
David Walther (1988) had developed a treatment that he called Cross-K27. Dr. Walther used it for what
he called neurological disorganization, and it proved to be useful in the treatment of schizophrenics and
dyslexics.
Walthers (1988) treatment used cranial manipulation, which required special training. If not done correctly,
cranial manipulation can cause harm. Dr. Callahan said the following about his discovery of the Collarbone
Breathing treatment:
I discovered that rather than doing cranial manipulation, tapping the ubiquitous gamut spot would give
the same result. It was a very thrilling discovery, for it meant that people were now able to do this impor-
tant correction easily. I hence re named the treatment in a descriptive way, and now, we all do Collarbone
Breathing. It never could have been the common and very helpful treatment it is now, were it not for my
discovery of the simple way to apply it. I never would have been able to make this discovery, were it not for
Walthers prior discovery, with which I am still impressed.
When doing Collarbone Breathing in the context of a TFT treatment for a particular problem, the client must
be tuned into the thought feld of the issue being addressed.
Dr. Callahan recommends that people working on addictions do CB2 at least three times a day, in addition
to correcting their PR 15-20 times a day (side of hand, sore spot, and under nose). He also fnds that cli-
ents with Anxiety and Panic Disorders and Obsessive/Compulsive Disorders (OCD) need to do Collarbone
Breathing three times a day and correct their PR 15-20 times a day (side of hand, sore spot, and under nose)
on a regular basis.
CB2 is also often useful in the treatment of Attention Defcit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), At-
tention Defcit Disorder (ADD), Learning Disabilities (LD), Dyslexia, Stuttering, Tourettes Syndrome, and
Schizophrenia.
In the Collarbone Breathing treatment below, when the knuckles touch the body, only they should
touch the body. They are a negative polarity, and the palm of the hand, the thumb, and the elbow are a posi-
tive polarity. If anything other than the knuckles were to touch the body during this phase of the treatment,
the treatment would not work. When a negative or neutral polarity touches the body at the same time as a
positive polarity, it will short circuit the treatment.
19
Indications that Collarbone Breathing may be needed:
TFT and / or PR Corrections wont work or wont hold.
SUD is going down very slowly, i.e. 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, etc.
Co-ordination is off, and the person is awkward.
Person has unbalanced gaitarms dont swing evenly and smoothly when person walks (4% of
people walk with one arm curtailed, and 2% of people walk with both arms curtailed).
Person chronically reverses actions, concepts, and thoughts.
Person is declining in performance and / or competence.
Timing is off, and person is confused.
Reading makes person yawn / feel sleepy.
Person is hyperactive.
20
THE COLLARBONE BREATHING EXERCISE
2009 Roger J. Callahan, PhD
What I call the collarbone points are located in the following way:
Go to the base of the throat, about where a man might knot his tie. From that point, feel for the notch in the
center of the collarbone. Go straight down about one inch, and the collarbone points are about one inch to
the right and left of center (see treatment point diagram).
BREATHING POSITIONS
There are fve breathing positions in this exercise:
1. Take a deep breath in fully and hold it.
2. Let half of that breath out and hold it.
3. Let it all out and hold it.
4. Take a half breath in and hold it.
5. Breathe normally.
THE TOUCHING POSITIONS
1. Take two fngertips and touch one of the collarbone points and tap the gamut spot on the back of that
hand while going through the 5 breathing positions. Tap rapidly with about 5 good taps for each of the
fve breathing positions.
2. Move the same two fngertips to the other collarbone point and repeat above.
3. Now, bend the same two fngers in half and touch the knuckles to the collarbone point while tapping
and going through the fve breathing positions. Either tuck the thumb in or keep it in the air. Make sure
that the elbows are in the air when you are touching the knuckles to the body so that only the knuckles
are touching the body. The back of the hand is a negative polarity, so the treatment would not work if
the thumb or elbow (positive polarities) were to touch the body.
4. Move knuckles to the other collarbone point and tap while going through the fve breathing positions.
Make sure that only the knuckles are touching the body.
5. Now, take fngertips of OTHER hand and repeat steps 1 and 2 above.
6. Now, take knuckles of that hand and repeat steps 3 and 4 above, making sure that only the knuckles are
touching the body.
You have just done the 40 breathing and tapping exercises20 with the fngertips, and 20 with the knuck-
les. You have done fve breathing positions on eight touching positions. Please learn to do these well so that
you are able to do them automatically.
21
Environmental Toxins
The following is a new treatment developed in early 1999 by Dr. Roger Callahan through Voice Technol-
ogy. It has been confrmed by feedback from other VT-trained practitioners.
An environmental toxin is any toxin in the immediate environment, such as the persons clothing, hair
spray, perfume, smoke, or any other airborne substance, that enters the body via the lungs. Dr. Callahan
found that such toxins could completely prevent a treatment from working or holding, even in the short
term. For an inhalant toxin, in the past, the clients would have to remove their clothing and put on a gown
washed in a substance that was not toxic to them. They could also wear a surgical mask to prevent them
from inhaling the toxic fumes. Another option was to have them shower and wash their hair before treating
them with TFT.
Fortunately, the correction described below will work about 80% of the time, making removal of the of-
fending clothing, showering, or other intervention unnecessary.
Dr. Callahan has recently determined that this correction will often work for an ingested toxin, as well.
This treatment can be applied after the reversal treatment for PR2 (under the nose) and before Collarbone
Breathing (CB2).
Environmental Toxin Correction
Tap the Index Finger 15 times.
Tap the Specifc PR spot (side of hand) 15 times.
Then, repeat the treatment that hadnt previously worked.
22
The Floor to Ceiling Eye Roll (Rapid Relaxation)
The foor to ceiling eye roll should be used at the end of all of the Algorithm treatments when the SUD is a
2 or lower. It will usually bring a SUD of 2 to a 1 (on a 10-point scale) or 0 (on an 11-point scale). If not, go
back to where you were in the Protocol and do the next step.
While tapping the Gamut Spot continuously, hold the head relatively
level, starting with the eyes looking all the way down.
Taking about 10 seconds while continuing to tap the Gamut Spot, slowly
move the eyes in a vertical line from their downward position to as far
up as they can go.
This treatment can also be done by itself for the purposes of stress reduction or rapid relaxation.
Program Outline
Week 4: Application Trauma
1. Dr. Callahans view of trauma and trauma treatments handout/s
Kosovo letter
Defnition and description
2 Case studies - handouts / discussion
Tapping Away the Worlds Traumas elder Rwandan / child with fear of dark
Love pain / grief Conrad Bains video testimonial
Ildikos testimonial video of child in car accident www.YouTube.com/ThoughtFieldTherapy
Ugandan priests
War / IEDs
Nairobi Embassy bombing
3. Key to Abbreviations
4. Trauma algo handout
5. Complex trauma algo handout
6. Anger algo handout
7.Guilt algo handout
8. Different Kinds of Trauma - handout
9. Q & As submitted in advance
10 . Demonstrations submitted in advance
11. Join our TFT Trauma Relief Blog - handout

1
2
3
Trauma From a TFT Perspective
I, Dr. Callahan, believe that most of the treatments used to help trauma victims today, that entail suffer-
ing and reliving the emotional experience, are harmful and trauma inducing in their own right. It makes no
difference that numerous so-called experts acclaim these outmoded procedures they fail the scientifc test;
they are experiments that not only do not work but cause harm. Generations of suffering people have been
wrongly taught that suffering is necessary and they must endure a process of suffering.
Those who do not wish to endure emotional suffering now have a choice. My belief is, that it is desirable
to reduce or eliminate suffering as much as possible. Some professionals have criticized my work because
they believe it is important for people to suffer. I do not agree.
When anesthesia was frst discovered there was uproar among some factions (men) who objected to
women not having pain in child birth. They cited the bible as an authority but of course the bible pre-dated
the discovery of anesthesia. When I taught at Eastern Michigan University, a colleague, Professor David
Palmer (Speech and Hearing) told me that when an operation frst became available for cleft palate there
were objections from some sources. Palmer jokingly paraphrased a part of the marriage vow: What God
has put asunder, let no man put together!
In this class you will learn how to repeat some of the experiments based upon my discoveries relating to
psychological trauma. Many professionals and volunteers have already successfully helped trauma victims
many thousands of times all over the world, from Kosovo to Rwanda and here in New Orleans, after hur-
ricane Katrina. You will learn to apply these simple yet very powerful self-help procedures for yourself and
your family.
You will also learn how to eliminate the nightmares associated with past traumatic events and also the
painful psychological after-effects of terrible and upsetting experiences.
Trauma refers to having a terrible experience. A phobia is an unwarranted fear. Trauma is different from a
phobia. The upset in trauma is a normal upset in response to a terrible situation. A phobic person can have a
traumatic experience due to his particular and unique, however unwarranted, fear. Most others do not share
this unrealistic fear and hence would not be traumatized by the same fear event. However, everyone will be
quite upset by a trauma
Traumas are commonly due to loss or negative event, e.g., losing a loved one, rape, mugging, robbery,
accidents, war, industrial accidents, abuse, losing your job, school bombings, acts of terrorism, death of a
loved one, getting a severe illness, and other negative events. Even witnessing or hearing about such events
can have traumatic consequences, especially if the trauma happens to someone you know and care about.
Post-traumatic stress refers to stress that is delayed, perhaps for years. However, there is no difference
in the way we view or treat trauma based on the time factor. Trauma is treated in the same way in TFT
whether or not it is a problem right after the event or whether time passes prior to the upset. I once treated a
concentration camp victim a half a century after the experience. However, his stress had been constant and
not delayed.
Most psychological problems such as phobias are bewildering to people who have them. The central
characteristic of a phobia is that it is an unrealistic fear. The person knows it is an absurd fear but neverthe-
4
less cannot help being afraid. If anything, this knowledge merely adds humiliation to the fear. Obsessions,
addictions, distortions of reality, are all types of problems considered abnormal.
It makes more sense that an abnormal fear, say of bugs, should be curable rather than the severe upset over
a terrible situation. Trauma is a unique class of problems, for it consists of a perfectly normal, appropriate
emotionally disturbed reaction to an objectively terrible situation or event. There are people who overreact
to trauma but this is an overreaction to a normally upsetting situation.
I fnd it especially interesting and intriguing that it is possible to banish all traces of emotional upset over a
very real objective trauma. Until I made this discovery I thought that only time would partially heal traumas;
sometimes taking many years of prolonged suffering.
Recently I treated a woman whose boyfriend committed suicide. She was naturally very upset, unable
to function very well and was constantly in severe psychological pain. Immediately after the treatment she
felt strong in the face of this tragedy and was again able to function and carry out her job. The simple recipe
provided in your handout eliminated all traces of this poor womans suffering.

The ease and power of this simple treatment suggests that we have a healing power within us which only
awaits a simple correct procedure in order for the healing data to kick in and take us into a higher state of
health or consciousness
Psychologists Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow suggested many years ago that we all have this power
within us and TFT supports their views by making this power clearly evident to any interested observer. If
Rogers and Maslow were alive I am confdent they would be shocked and pleased to see this power released
with such ease and regularity through Thought Field Therapy (TFT).
I interpret my therapy results, which you will be able to reproduce, as evidence that Nature gives us a
license to be relatively free of intense emotional upset from very real, objectively horrible events; otherwise
it would not be so easy.
Removing The Emotional Effects Of Trauma Does Not Change Reality TFT can now easily remove the
emotional effects of trauma, however, the reality of a trauma, alas, remains. However, this reality can now
be completely stripped of disruptive and disturbing emotional effects.
Though important, effective therapy cannot change reality. If, for example, parents lose a child, this real-
ity must be lived with for the rest of their lives. There is no way to change the grim reality, and until recent-
ly there was no way to change the emotional hurt and pain. The loss will remain real, but one may become
strong in the face of a grim reality.
Just yesterday, an acquaintance informed me of the recent loss of a much loved 19 year old nephew to
suicide. The suicide was a response to love loss, his girl friend just broke up with him. Love pain is one of
the most disruptive of emotions. Murder and suicides are not rare in this turbulent emotion. I helped the
acquaintance who was suffering terribly from the grief of loss. It took only three minutes to accomplish this
result. The extreme look of pain on her face was immediately gone. Of course, the loss is permanent but
the severe emotional pain is completely gone. Perhaps, if the nephew had been aware of this simple treat-
ment, its quite possible his life could have been saved. There is an excellent example of how this trauma
5
treatment helped a young man who had tried to commit suicide on our YouTube non-proft site, www.You-
Tube.com/ATFTFoundation.
This powerful trauma algorithm is so easy to do that everyone should know it for a psychological frst aid
procedure.
It is a common observation that severely handicapped people ought to be depressed over their situation but
most, fortunately, are not. Depression and other emotions, as viewed by TFT, are not exclusively the result
of a reality condition but rather the result of what we call perturbations in a thought feld. When viewed
this way we can understand how it is possible to treat severe traumas, not by changing reality, but rather by
eliminating the fundamental cause of the suffering (see glossary on Perturbations).
The Ease of the Trauma Treatment Does Not Eliminate the Important Concept of Justice The fact that
we can treat traumas with relative ease should not obscure the fact that victims are entitled to justice. One
professional expressed concern to me that if no one was upset over a rape, then rape might become accept-
able. Emotional upset should not be the relevant standard but rather the criminality of the act.
We can, and should, pursue justice without remaining unnecessarily upset. We can all be outraged over
rape or other such crimes and pursue justice diligently without becoming personally devastated over the
matter; in fact, we probably will do a better job of carrying out justice, the stronger and more resolute we
can remain.
6
7
8
9
10
Volume 4, Issue 3
The Right Place at the Right Time
by Jenny Edwards, Ph.D., TFT-Dx
When I frst heard about Thought Field Therapy, I knew that I wanted to learn it for my work in Africa.
I give seminars there, and thought that people there would beneft from knowing a rapid way to eliminate
trauma, physical pain, anxiety, addictions, phobias, and all of the other areas that Thought Field Therapy ad-
dresses. I didnt know just how much it might be needed.
In July, 1997, I received an invitation to conduct a two-week training sponsored by the Carmelite Com-
munity in Nairobi from August 3-14, 1998. I would be working with priests, nuns, brothers, students,
counselors, educators, social workers, and others involved in helping professions. I accepted with pleasure,
and made plans to teach a number of topics that had been requested, as well as a section on Thought Field
Therapy.
The bombing of the U.S. Embassy in Nairobi occurred the morning of Friday, August 7. We were in the
training at the time, which was about 25 minutes away from downtown Nairobi. Only during the afternoon
did we begin to realize the devastation and the extent of the bombing.
All weekend, the Sisters in the training were at the hospitals serving people. Other activities had been
scheduled for me, so I went along according to plan. On Monday, people in the training were starting to
question Thought Field Therapy. We were just getting into the training, as it was one of several topics being
addressed in the two-week seminar. They reasoned that, after all, people had just been in a bombing. Surely
Thought Field Therapy wasnt powerful enough to help people with trauma that severe. I knew that I had to
and wanted to go to the hospital and work with bombing victims.
The Sisters were going to the hospital after the training was over at 1:00 PM, and agreed to take me with
them. As we went through police road blocks on the way there, I began to realize the severity of the situa-
tion. We arrived at Kenyatta Hospital and went directly to the wards. Doubts began to surface. Sure, I knew
that Thought Field Therapy worked; however, these people had been in a bombing the previous Friday.
Would it work with them? As I followed the Sisters from ward to ward, I asked myself questions like, Who
do you think you are? Fools rush in. What if it doesnt work?
In many of the wards that we visited, peoples faces were flled with stitches. Eyes were bandaged. It
would be unthinkable to ask them to tap on their eyebrows and under their eyes. [Note: In such cases there
are equivalent points on the toes. RC] We went from ward to ward. The Sisters seemed to know what to do.
Obviously, they had done this before. I thought I would just follow them around; however, I was praying
and asking for direction. With whom, if anyone, should I use Thought Field Therapy?
We fnally came to a ward in which people had mainly lower body injuries. I went up to a woman lying
on her bed, staring into space, and began talking with her. She was in a great deal of pain - a 10. Her
shoes had been blown off by the bombing, and she had walked out. She had a lot of glass in her feet, among
other injuries, and was on strong pain medication. Since her injuries werent quite as severe as others, the
doctors hadnt had a chance to work with her yet. After building rapport, I said timidly, I have something
11
that MIGHT help you. Im not sure if it will work. It would involve tapping on these particular places on
your body (I showed her), and would take about fve minutes. Im willing to try, if you would like me to.
She said, Ill do anything. Im in so much pain. I also keep thinking that a bomb will explode any minute
in the hospital. I know that its probably not going to happen; however, I cant get the thought out of my
mind!
I decided to work with the pain frst. After tapping the pain algorithm, the SUD came down from a 10
to a 5; however, it wouldnt go any lower, even after tapping for reversal. It occurred to me that we
needed to tap for trauma before the pain would go any lower. Of course, the trauma was a 10, and it came
down to a 0 immediately. After that, we tapped again for pain, and it readily went down to a 0.
She blinked her eyes and looked at me, a little bewildered. She said, Ive played the pictures of what
happened the day of the bombing over and over in my mind, almost without stopping, since Friday. Its
really strange, but Im not doing that any more. I think that Ill be able to get to sleep tonight. Then she
looked straight at me, smiled, and said, God saved me for a reason. Yes, He did, I said. I told her that
the pain probably would return, and wrote out what she could do when it did. I told her that the trauma
probably wouldnt return; however, if it did, the directions were there for her to follow (including Psycho-
logical Reversal).
About that time, the Sister came to me and said, The woman in the bed across the way says she wants to
be healed, too. I went over to her. She was just staring into space. Her arm was bandaged, and her hand
was limp. After talking with her for a few minutes, I asked her if it would hurt if she tapped on the hand
that was limp. She said it might hurt a little; however, it would be worth it in order to be able to experience
the changes that she had just seen the woman in the bed across the way experience. She was 10 on both
trauma and pain. I decided to work on trauma frst. It came down fairly quickly to a 0, with no Psycho-
logical Reversal.
Then, we worked on the pain, which had already gone down to an 8 after working on the trauma. As
she tapped, it went down to 0, too. She was moving her hand all around, color was restored to her face,
and she was smiling and laughing. I wrote down what we had done. Her husband, who had been watching,
asked the Sister if it might help his neck pain. She said, Of course. By now, the frst woman was sitting
up for the frst time since the bombing, eating dinner and talking with her husband. They were smiling and
laughing. Her husband told the Sister that usually she panicked when it was time for him to leave at night
because she didnt want to be alone, for fear a bomb might explode. He reported that this evening, for a
change, she felt fne about his leaving, and told him that she would see him the next day.
She then told the Sister that she had been on extremely high and frequent doses of pain medication, and
was planning to use the tapping to lessen the amount and frequency of the doses. Then, I went to talk with
a third woman in the ward. She was staring into space. I tried to build rapport; however, it was diffcult. I
made the determination that perhaps I wasnt supposed to work with her. The next day, the Sister said that
the third woman had later told her, Why did she heal the other two and she didnt heal me?
The Sisters response was, She wrote down what she did for the other two. Ask them to work with you.
The next day in the training, the Sisters shared what had happened in the hospital. People were amazed,
and as I did demonstrations with people in the training around their trauma related to the bombing, they
became believers and launched into the practice sessions with vigor. Furthermore, they sent their friends
12
with extremely diffcult cases to me to work with in the afternoons for the rest of the week. I also had the
opportunity to introduce TFT to therapists at a local counseling center. They were planning to follow up by
ordering materials from Dr. Callahan.
Yes, I knew that I was supposed to share Thought Field Therapy with people in my seminar in Nairobi. I
didnt know just how timely the training would be.
13
Using TFT Algorithms
Key to Abbreviations for TFT Algorithm Treatment Points
SUD subjective units of distress (a rating on a scale of 0-10 or 1-10 of how upset one is at the moment)
e under eye (under the pupil just below the rim of the bonethe inside of the second toe also works if
the person is not able to tap on the face)
a under arm (about 4 inches down from the arm pit; in the middle of the bra line for women)
c collarbone (1 inch down from the V of the neck, and 1 inch over to either the left or right side)
eb eyebrow (at the point where the eyebrow begins, near the nosethe outside of the small toe also
works if the person is not able to tap on the face)
if index fnger (beside the nail on the side toward the thumb)
tf tiny fnger (beside the nail on the side toward the thumb)
un under nose (below the nose on the upper lip)
g gamut spot (on the back of the hand in the indentation between the bones of the tiny fnger and the
ring fnger about inch back onto the handuse 3 fngers to tap)
9g 9 Gamut SequenceTap the gamut spot continuously while doing the following:
1. Close the eyes
2. Open the eyes
3. Move the eyes down and to one side
4. Move the eyes down and to other side
5. Roll the eyes in a circle in one direction
6. Roll the eyes in a circle in the opposite direction
7. Hum a tune (about fve notes) out loud with mouth closed
8. Count aloud from one to fve
9. Hum a tune again aloud, with mouth closed
er foor-to-ceiling eye roll (while tapping the gamut spot, hold head level. Look down to the foor, and
slowly, to a count of 10, roll your eyes vertically up to the ceiling).
14
Stop the Nightmares of Trauma
Science is the belief in the ignorance of experts.
Richard Feynmann
Nobel Laureate in Physics
In a celebrated lecture to physics undergraduates at Cornell University, Professor Feynman elaborated on
the quote above. He said, If it [a new scientifc law] disagrees with experiment; its wrong! In that simple
statement is the key to science. It doesnt make any difference how beautiful your guess is, it doesnt make
any difference how smart you are, who made the guess or what his name is, if it disagrees with experiment
its wrong; thats all there is to it.
IMPORTANT!!! Please keep in mind that the tapping protocols given in this weeks class are for trauma
and complex trauma with anger and guilt, not for other problems such as phobias, which are an irrational
fear.
Incident: On the frst day of one of my diagnostic trainings I asked the assembled group how many
had tried TFT before coming to the training. Most hands went up. I asked if there was anyone who had
been unsuccessful. It is unheard of to hear of no success with this powerful procedure. A high level profes-
sional person who had traveled from across the world to attend my training said that he had been unsuccess-
ful with my trauma treatment.
I was quite surprised by this report and asked him to join me at lunch. I asked him to please tell me exactly
what he was doing to treat trauma and much to my surprise he described to me, my phobia algorithm. I
said, No wonder you had trouble, that is not the correct procedure for trauma!
All of the TFT algorithms have been found through what I call Causal Diagnosis (see glossary). Over
three decades of treating thousands of patients with causal diagnosis, common patterns or algorithms have
emerged. These algorithms have now been tested on many people both in self-help applications and with
thousands of trained professionals throughout the world.
My frst trauma victim was cured, believe it or not, by doing nothing more than tapping the beginning of
the eyebrow. However, upon trying this same simple procedure on others with traumas, I quickly found that
most were not helped this easily. I had to make further discoveries to increase the success rate. Each discov-
ery was tested for effcacy on my trauma clients; this allowed me to quickly develop further treatments and
allow me to help more people.
The algorithm for trauma presented in this class has been tested on thousands of people all over the world,
young and old, and from many different cultures and the success rate is amazingly good. See, for example,
the report on Embassy Bombing in this weeks handout.
We urge you to study the trauma tapping protocol and begin by applying it to yourself. We all have past
15
traumas of varying intensity such as being rejected, especially in a love relationship, failing a class, or any
upsetting experience from the past. It is best to pick something that still causes a little upset so you can ex-
perience how the treatment causes the upset to disappear.
If you wish to practice on family or friends, it is good to know an important feature of TFT is the person
guiding the treatment does not need any details or even know what specifc trauma is being treated.
The Tooth, Shoe, Lump Principle (TSL) In a small number of complex clients a compli-
cation may take place which I call the tooth, shoe, lump (TSL) principle. Here is an illustration of this prin-
ciple. Consider a person who has a terrible toothache: They call the dentists offce is called and rush over
to the offce. Although there is no opening in the schedule, the dentist will take care of the problem as soon
as she can. The tooth was hurting so badly they had put on the frst pair of shoes available, ignoring the fact
these shoes hurt his feet. Due to the intense tooth pain, however, he doesnt notice the discomfort caused by
the shoes.
When he gets to the offce he sits on a couch directly upon a most uncomfortable lump. Again, this goes
unnoticed due to the severe pain in the tooth. Just then the dentist comes out and indicates she will be able
to attend to the problem in about an hour and a half, but seeing the severity of the pain, she injects a shot of
Novocain to give temporary relief. The tooth is suddenly relieved of all pain and he now becomes aware he
put on the wrong shoes and due to the Novocain effect he is suddenly aware his feet are quite uncomfort-
able. He removes the shoes and in a few moments he then begins to be aware of the uncomfortable lump
upon which he has been sitting. He moves to a nearby chair and, at last, feels comfortable.
Something somewhat similar occurs in some severely complex clients who are only aware of a summation
effect of their problems and do not, or are not able to, discriminate between say, trauma, anxiety and depres-
sion or mixtures of various other problems. There can also be different aspects to one traumatic event that
might need to be treated separately, if the person does not fully respond to treating the trauma as a whole,
though the necessity for this is rare. The person being treated might not be aware of this. All they know is
they feel bad. We may completely remove all traces of the frst problem in line, as confrmed by our tests
and supported by the fact no complications such as PR or mini-PR show up on diagnosis. Often we are
actually treating what the client may perceive as one problem but which may consist of a melange of prob-
lems.
Inertial Delay In rare cases, there can be a delayed response to the treatment. This delayed response
can occur anywhere from a few minutes immediately following the treatment to; in very rare cases, a few
days later. Keep in mind, however, this type of delay is unusual and what we usually see are immediate,
dramatic changes.
Is it Desirable to Eliminate All Upset Associated with a Trauma?
This question was a moot issue before there were powerful treatments to eliminate the bad effects of a
trauma. I maintain it is desirable to eliminate all bad effects of a trauma. There are some therapists who
have learned how to use TFT who believe they should not eliminate all suffering but leave some. They have
the belief, quite wrong in my opinion, that leaving some measure of suffering will help protect the person
against further trauma. I suspect this interesting notion likely became introduced through good treatments
which were, nevertheless, not completely effective and that the residue which could not be eliminated be-
16
came rationalized as a desirable situation.
It is crucial to understand that although TFT can eliminate all traces of a problem the treatment does not
make a person stupid or ignorant. I fnd a person can use more intelligence the less upset he or she is. This
is the best protection one can have through treatment.
17
Post-traumatic Stress
The symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress can be resolved quickly. Unlike chronic anxiety problems (which
are often caused by, perpetuated by, or aggravated by Individual Energy Toxins), these problems are a direct
result of a traumatic event. Once the event is over, the associated perturbations can be resolved, and the
symptoms will generally not return. If they do return, it is most often as a result of a new thought feld with
new perturbations. They can also return as a result of the person being exposed to a toxin.
Crisis Intervention
Crisis intervention applications are many. Use the TFT trauma algorithm at the scene of a trauma or im-
mediately afterward to help people recover their functioning. When someone has just witnessed a life-threat-
ening event affecting them directly, or a loved one has tears running down his/her face, has rapid shallow
breathing, and is apparently in emotional distress, you do not have to ask for a SUD. Assume it to be a 10,
and have the person mirror you in tapping for PR and the Complex Trauma with Anger and Guilt algorithm.
As the person settles down, you can apply other TFT algorithms and other crisis intervention steps as re-
quired or as appropriate.
Acute Stress Disorder
In resolving Acute Stress Disorder symptoms, TFT is unparalleled in its effectiveness. As distress associ-
ated with telling the story about a trauma arises in a person, use the appropriate algorithm to eliminate it.
When the person can think through the whole story with appropriate affect (feeling calm), other thought
felds may need to be addressed. After getting the SUD for the initial trauma down to 1 (or 0), ask the person
what other aspects of the trauma he/she is thinking about now. Complex traumas such as the sudden death of
loved ones require more than a single TFT session, as many facets are usually involved.
Do not hesitate to refer clients to other specialists to assist them in making life changes as needed. Always
make sure that you give a copy of the complex trauma algorithm to the person for future reference.
Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
Post-traumatic Stress Disorder is a diagnosis that is given to people 30 days after the precipitating event
who have many severe symptoms disrupting their day-to-day functioning. Use TFT algorithms to resolve
these symptoms as they present. Most often, a person will have little trouble getting to the thought feld that
needs attention. The core of the problem has to do with the ongoing, overwhelming thoughts, sensations,
emotions, and memories associated with events that are out of the persons control.
After a trauma, people often develop avoidant or addictive behaviors to enable them to cope; however,
these only cause more problems. In addition, feelings of rage, embarrassment, shame, depression, and pain
related to the original trauma can and often do appear. You can address these problems with a variety of
algorithms that you can combine, having the person think about the rage or embarrassment as he/she is tap-
ping the rage or embarrassment algorithm. Some examples are below. The Tooth, Shoe, Lump principle is
often apparent with traumas.
18
Trauma Algorithms
Simple Trauma
Eyebrow, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( eb, c )
Complex Trauma
Eyebrow, Under Eye, Under Arm, Collarbone
(using the Protocol)
( eb, e, a, c )
Complex Trauma with Anger
Add Tiny Finger, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
to the end of sequence above for complex trauma:
( eb, e, a, c, tf, c )
19
Complex Trauma with Guilt
Add Index Finger, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
to the end of the sequence above for complex trauma:
( eb, e, a, c, if, c )
Complex Trauma with Anger and Guilt
Add Tiny Finger, Collarbone, Index Finger, Collarbone
to the end of the sequence for complex trauma:
( eb, e, a, c, tf, c, if, c )
Complex and Complicated Disorders of Extreme Stress
Complex and complicated disorders of extreme stress are the result of many years of overwhelming physi-
cal, emotional, or sexual abuse. For both children and adults, exposure to violence (both threatened and
actual) over extended periods of time can cause destruction of core functions and/or development of extreme
coping mechanisms. These individuals may present as those with PTSD. They may also exhibit self-destruc-
tive behaviors, including suicidal symptoms.
You must use caution to assist these individuals in managing the overwhelming distress they are
experiencing. Know your limits, and work within the scope of your education and license.
20
IMPORTANT
If the client has rapidly changing thought felds and/or signs of agitation or shutting down, you must
ensure that both you and your client are in a position of safety before continuing.
Anger and Guilt
Clients can frequently expect TFT to generalize to all aspects of their life after one treatment. With com-
plex problems, it is important to break the problem down and target its different aspects. For example, if you
are helping someone with an anger problem, and you target the theme, I get angry because no one listens to
me, the persons anger regarding this will usually not generalize to the anger at someone laughing at him/
her. That must be treated separately, albeit with the same algorithm (tf, c, using the protocol).
It is sometimes helpful to make a list of themes to be targeted. Be sure to check themes that you have
already treated at subsequent sessions to make sure that the treatments held. Most importantly, teach clients
to treat themselves at home!!!
Anger does not often extend to physical violence against objects or persons and can usually be controlled
by an act of will.
Guilt can be seen as anger at oneself.
Algorithms for Anger and Guilt
Anger
Tiny Finger, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( tf, c )
Guilt
Index Finger, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( if, c )
21
When to Tap
Tapping can and should be done every day for situations that arise.
When you frst wake up and various times during the day (all points, including eb, e, a, c (thinking of
any traumas), tf, c (thinking of any anger), if, c (thinking of any guilt), using the Protocol).
When you are having trouble getting going in the morning, or you got out of bed on the wrong side
(reversal treatments, including side of hand, sore spot, under nose, or collarbone breathing; then, tap for
whatever the problem is, i.e., e, a, c for anxiety; eb, c for sadness; eb, e, a, c or eb, c for trauma, etc., us-
ing the Protocol)
When you are reversing letters or numbers or words or having diffculty typing on the computer (rever-
sal treatments, including side of hand, sore spot, under nose, perhaps collarbone breathing)
When you are having diffculty focusing on what you are doing (reversal treatments, including side of
hand, sore spot, under nose, an/or collarbone breathing)
When you are procrastinating (e, a, c, focusing on the reluctance, using the Protocol)
When you get angry, upset, or frustrated (tf, c, using the Protocol)
When you feel guilty (if, c, using the Protocol)
When something happens that you didnt expect, and you are having diffculty calming down (eb, e, a,
ccomplex trauma, or eb, csimple trauma, using the Protocol)
When you feel extremely angry (tf, c, using the Protocol)
When you have trouble sleeping (e, a, c for anxiety; eb, e, a, c for complex trauma if you are thinking
about a trauma, using the Protocol; do the pulse test and track what toxin might be elevating the pulse
and keeping you from sleeping)
22
How TFT Can Help With Different Types of Trauma
A wide variety of experiences come under the heading of trauma. I will give a few of the many examples
of how the TFT trauma algorithm has helped people with different traumatic experiences. Your handouts
will also give a variety of cases. As you will see, you can apply it to a large number of different types of
trauma.
Love Pain and Grief Upset and loss from romantic rejection and disappointment, while not the
most objectively horrible trauma, is often the most acutely painful to the person suffering. In my extensive
therapy experience of almost half a decade, I would say that there is no more devastating emotional pain
than romantic loss or rejection. There are many things objectively more terrible than romantic or love pain
but for depth and severity of reaction, love pain is right at the top.
Many murders and suicides occur as a result of the devastating pain of lost romantic love. People experi-
ence such a loss as a rejection of who they are at the very core of their being and the hurt therefore goes very
deep (Callahan, 1982).
These experiences not only happen to adults but children or adolescents as well. Such experiences are
typically not taken seriously by the adults around them and written off as puppy love. However, these
upsetting, often traumatic events may result in emotional devastation that is just as bad, if not worse, than it
is for someone in a more mature relationship. Romeo and Juliet were only 14 years old.
The pain and trauma suffered as a result of romantic loss can be enough to affect a persons ability as an
adult to develop and sustain romantic relationships. Such people develop what I call Amouraphobia, the
fear of being devastated in a romantic relationship.
Illness or the Illness of a Loved One Having a serious chronic or terminal illness, or
observing the same in a loved one, is very traumatic and stressful. TFT cannot change the fact of the illness,
but it can relieve extreme emotional upset and stress due to the illness and greatly enhance the quality of
life. Decreased stress, improves Heart Rate Variability and increases the chance for healing.
At a recent conference, I publicly treated an 82-year-old woman who had endured several years of living
and caring for her husband who suffered from Alzheimers disease, ending with his very slow and agonizing
death. She had been with him at the time of his death and could not get the painful image out of her mind.
Since her husbands death, which occurred years earlier, she had not been able to stop visibly shaking and
was unable to think about anything else. I treated her in front of about ffty professionals at the behavioral
medicine conference where I was presenting Thought Field Therapy.
She had come in hopes that something might help her with this acute suffering. After one very brief treat-
ment of about two minutes, she stopped visibly shaking and her upset was completely eliminated. She and
the group were shocked and thrilled with the relative ease of treatment and the elimination of her suffer-
ing. In some cases where there is trauma that has occurred over a period of several years as in this example,
more treatments might be necessary. You may need to treat each upsetting event or different aspect of the
situation. Fortunately, multiple treatments were not necessary in this case.
Job-related Stress and Trauma Whether an employer or an employee, there are many types
of upsets and stresses that occur in connection with conditions of employment. The trauma treatment can
help someone suffering from the trauma of being fred or laid off, as well as the many upsets that can occur
during the course of a working day. One of the professionals I trained has specialized in consulting in the
area of workplace violence and trauma. Large companies contract with him to treat employees who suffer
from job-related upsets and problems including workplace violence, trauma and sexual harrassment. TFT is
very appealing to the businessperson because employees can be helped effectively and quickly. This simple
but powerful treatment often results in increased harmony in the workplace and more productive employ-
ees. The anger algorithm can often quickly diffuse a potentially troublesome event before it escalates into a
problem.
People who have jobs where they have to deal with trauma such as frst responders, public service and di-
saster relief organizations including police offcers, freman, paramedics, doctors, nurses, and other hospi-
tal workers - are often themselves very traumatized by what they witness in their day-to-day work. Regular
use of the trauma algorithm can help relieve what has been termed compassion fatigue and prevent burnout
for the workers. It has successfully helped the search and rescue dogs as well.
The TFT treatment for trauma is very effective in eliminating secondary trauma. One therapist I trained
has worked in a hospital for 20 years and uses this treatment for herself on a daily basis. She reports that the
treatment has helped her tremendously in dealing with the stress and upset she used to suffer as a result of
what she is exposed to on the job.
Crime Victims Including Genocide This treatment is tremendously effective for people
who have been victimized by crimes. It has helped many people to eliminate the fear, upset and nightmares
that result from such an experience. One of the many people I have helped was a fourteen-year-old girl who
was shot in the leg as the result of a drive-by shooting.
Her therapist was unable to help her and referred her to me. For eight months she had been traumatized
and experienced nightmares due to the shooting. She couldnt get the frightening noise of the gunshots and
the shattering glass out of her head. She suffered from nightmares in which she relived the shooting and
would awaken terrifed and very upset.
She came to me for help eight months after the shooting. When asked to think about the shooting she got
very upset. The TFT treatment for trauma took less than ten minutes and removed all traces of her upset.
The nightmares stopped. Even though this shooting was, in reality, a horrible event, she was no longer upset
or bothered by it and was free to go on with her life without having to relive the event, over and over. Five
years after this treatment, the client reported that she remained free of all upset and the nightmares were
gone.
Child Abuse People who have suffered multiple instances of abuse, such as repeated child abuse,
can be helped with TFT. Caution: Do not try the trauma algorithm on yourself if you are unable to even
think about the event without severe, devastating upset. In that case, we recommend you call our offce for
a referral to a qualifed therapist trained in these procedures who can work with you.
23
Sometimes, in the case of complex, multiple traumas such as prolonged child abuse, the person will need
more than one treatment. Multiple treatments may be needed in order to address the different traumas that
occurred, and the gamut of feelings and disturbances connected with them.
Shirleys mother claimed that, fve years ago, Shirley, who is now eight years old, had been the victim of
severe sexual and ritualistic abuse at her preschool. She also reported having been sexually abused in her
home by a man with whom her mother used to live. Shirley had been in therapy for these traumas for fve
years, since the age of three, with a traditional psychologist at a well-known medical center and had shown
no tangible improvement. She was still termed an elective mute. What had happened to Shirley was so up-
setting that even after fve years of psychotherapy she was not able to talk with her therapist or anyone else
about what had happened. Talking about such an experience is, in and of itself, often re-traumatizing.
As a result of her experiences, Shirley had nightmares and many fears. She was afraid of strangers, going
into dark places, going to the bathroom alone and going into certain rooms of her house. She also feared all
kinds of windows because her abusers had told her she was being watched.
Her mother was referred to me by a friend in the law enforcement feld. Although very skeptical, she frst
came to see me for help with her own fear of public speaking. She wanted to test out the treatment her-
self before bringing in her daughter. Since I was able to quickly eliminate her fear of public speaking, she
brought her daughter in to see me.
Shirley had two sessions with me. I treated her fears and upset one by one. Fortunately, when being
treated with TFT, the client does not have to talk about or relive the upsetting experiences for the treatment
to be effective. By the end of the frst session, she was visibly more relaxed. When asked if she would like
to come back to see me, she readily agreed, which she had not done in her previous therapy sessions. Her
mother reported that after the frst session she was able for the frst time, to talk about what had happened to
her. She became more comfortable around people and was able to go into rooms that she had been afraid to
go into before the treatment. Shirley did so well she was able to stop seeing the therapist she had been see-
ing regularly for the past fve years.
She had one brief relapse, after the verdict was announced in the court case that set her alleged abusers
free. This was quickly and successfully treated in one more very brief (minutes) session of TFT. She con-
tinues to do well.
Natural or Man-made Disasters People who suffer the traumatic after-effects of disasters
such as hurricanes, earthquakes, foods, bombings, plane crashes and the wide array of other possible disas-
ters, can beneft signifcantly from the -TFT trauma algorithm
When we had a major earthquake in the Palm Springs area where we live, I successfully treated several
people who had been severely traumatized. Prior to treatment they were living in constant fear of another
earthquake.
One woman I treated had been in an earthquake in the Philippines over twenty years ago. She still had
nightmares about this frightening event. She now lived in Southern California and was in constant fear
about the possibility of an earthquake occurring. The slightest rumble would typically send her into a panic.
24
After I treated her and removed all traces of upset, nature provided us with a good test of the treatment.
Three days later we experienced a minor earthquake and she showed no trace of fear. About a year later, she
returned to the Philippines. Soon after her arrival a major earthquake occurred.
She told me that during the entire earthquake while other people were terrifed and falling apart, she was
able to remain calm and to be of assistance to other people who were panicking. Here was an acid test of
the treatment.
Dr. Jenny Edwards, a marvelous and gifted therapist I trained in TFT, happened to be doing some therapy
training in Nairobi, Africa at the time of the Embassy bombing in August 1998. She went to the hospital
and helped a number of the victims who had been injured and severely traumatized by this horrible event.
See your handout for the complete article.
This report, as well as the article published in Share International, Tapping Away the Worlds Trauma,
provides dramatic examples of what is possible with the simple algorithms or recipes of TFT, even in severe
disasters, wars and genocide.
As you can see from the above examples, our treatment for trauma is helpful for a variety of different
types of traumas and life upsets. Thanks to TFT, it is no longer necessary for someone to have to live with
the devastating after-effects of a trauma.
25
26
TFT TRAUMA RELIEF BLOG
http://TFTtraumaRelief.wordpress.com
Relieving Suffering--Creating Peace
Mary Cowley, PhD, TFT-VT
The ATFT Foundations trauma relief blog has now been on-line nine weeks and theres been a lot of ac-
tivity! As of July 5, weve had 2,100 total views! So far, we have 13 posts, including 8 videos, talking about
TFT for the trauma of rape, car accident, genocide, violent kidnapping, prison, etc. More are added every
week. These stories are strong testimonials to the power of TFT in relieving the suffering from trauma and
ensuing grief, anger, fear, guilt, depression, and anxietyfor adults, children and even animals.
Sending your clients to the blog is an easy way to share these testimonials with them. Put a link to it on
your web site for an instant connection! Submitting your
own stories of how TFT has helped relieve your clients
or yourself--from trauma not only helps get the word about
TFT out to the world, but also provides a little marketing for
yourself. Testimonial videos are particularly effective for
our visitors! You can submit a personal story or case study
by sending it to me at [email protected] or Sheila Crouser
at [email protected], but better yet, if you register on the blog
as a contributor and then submit a testimonial post, your
name on the post will link to your web site address, informa-
tion that you write about yourself, and a list of all your posts
on the blog. Even when you just comment on a post (click
on title of post, then Leave a Reply), your name on the
comment links to your web site!
What else do our visitors fnd on the blog? Besides the active home page of continually updated posts, we
have a few permanent pages of information: 1) About Usexplaining what the ATFT Foundation is all
about and why we created the blog; 2) What Is TFT? in Dr. Roger Callahans own words; 3) Written
instructions for the complex trauma algorithm, including cb2 instructions; and 4) Video demonstrations of
the algorithm.
So far we have algorithm instructions in English, Japanese (by Ayame Morikawa), and German (by Franzi
Ng). We will soon have them in French, Spanish and Italian (by Jenny Edwards). We have video demos of
the algorithm in English, Chinese and Japanese. The plan is to add sub-titles to the video demo until we can
get videos of the algorithm actually being done in other languages. We invite all of you who speak languag-
es other than English to submit demo videos and/or the instructions (including cb2) in your language. As we
have certain guidelines, please contact myself or Sheila if you can help out with translations. This will truly
help TFT reach the masses world-wide!
Using TFT to relieve the effects of trauma can open people to peace, compassion and community.
You can help the ATFT Foundation blog make trauma relief available on a global scale!
See you there!
Submitting your own
stories of how TFT has
helped relieve your
clientsor yourself--from
trauma not only helps get
the word about TFT out
to the world, but also
provides a little
Program Outline
Week 5: Application Fears, Phobias and
Anxiety Related Problems

Case studies
Whoopi Goldberg trauma based phobia fear of fying - video
Kelly Ripa - trauma based phobia fear of fying - video
Common phobias
Snakes, bugs, birds, public speaking, planes, driving, etc.
En Vivo bird fear - handout
What is fear of heights Acrophobia Study FSU handout
What we think is really fear of public speaking
Common algorithm - handout
Other phobias
Claustrophobia, spiders, turbulence
Alyssa - tarantulas
Common algorithm - handout
Panic and anxiety disorders
Trauma and severe, chronic anxiety
Panic attacks - handout
Common algorithm patterns - handout
Role of collar bone breathing Neurological Disorganization
Role of toxins Coca/Pulse Test panic attacks/pulse test
1
2
In Vivo TFT of a Bird Phobia
Fred P. Gallo, Ph.D., The Thought Field, Vol. 2, Issue 3
Recently my wife and I had the occasion to visit the old section of San Juan, Puerto Rico, a beautifully
preserved historical site near the ocean. We met a lady in her thirties there who reported a life-long fear
of birds which she determined as beginning when she was a toddler. She reported that she was attempting
to hold a moth or butterfy and it frightened her as few into her face many times. As she recollects, she
became afraid of fying creatures after that incident, birds being included in that category.
I told her that I might be able to help her eliminate or reduce the fear if she liked, and she was most agree-
able if the process did not cause her undue distress. At this I briefy explained some TFT basics and then
proceeded to treat her while we sat in a living room. At frst I treated her for the painful memory (actually
before I knew the details of the event). I then employed the basic phobia algorithm, and within moments
she no longer felt discomfort while thinking about birds. I then pointed out that since only exposure to real-
ity would tell if the treatment was through, we needed to encounter some birds. Since she and her compan-
ion as well as my wife and I were planning to tour the old section of the city, I fgured that a test would be
possible.
Talk about birds! There were birds all over the place in Old San Juan. While my client indicated some
discomfort, it was in no way extreme. I then offered her some additional treatments, and within seconds she
reported great relief. As she walked within the vicinity of literally focks of birds she exclaimed, I would
never have been able to do this before! I could never walk this close to birds before. She then noted with
obvious calm and clarity that she was now much more aware of birds than she had ever been before. As
she visually surveyed the area, pointing out the multitude of birds she realized, I think Ive tended to avoid
paying attention to birds all these years! While there were certainly a lot of birds to be aware of in Old
San Juan at that moment, I seemed clear that she had previously shut down much of her awareness of birds
as a kind of protective devise and now no longer required the distraction. Obviously, as Dr. Callahan has
frequently emphasized, distraction is not all that powerful. While years of distraction may have helped this
lady cope, it did nothing to resolve the bird phobia, which was successfully cured in moments with TFT.
3
An Experimental Study of TFT and Acrophobia
By Joyce L. Carbonell, PhD, TFT-Dx
As many practioners of TFT are aware, Dr. Charles Figley and I conducted a Systematic Clinical Dem-
onstration (SCD) study of four therapies, including TFT. This SCD study utilized clients who had suffered
a trauma or who suffered from a phobia. All of the treatments tested were demonstrated to be effective,
based on SUD ratings (subjective units of distress) and other paper and pencil measures. In order to further
examine TFT, one of my students (Neta Mappa) and I decided to an experiment to supplement the clini-
cal demonstration. Although there has been a great deal of clinical support for TFT, there had been no true
experimentation. The purpose of the experiment was to determine whether TFT would decrease the anxiety
level of acrophobics more than a placebo control experiment.
We chose to do our experiment with acrophobics (height phobics) for several reasons. First, this is a fairly
common phobia. In addition, there is a screening measure, the Cohen Acrophobia Questionnaire (Cohen,
1973), that can be used to screen people for acrophobia. And, we could also do a behaviour test of the sub-
jects fear of heights both before and after treatment. Finally, there is a TFT algorithm for phobias. It was
important to be able to use an algorithm to ensure that all subjects received the same treatment.
The subjects in the study were college students who identifed themselves as having a fear of heights.
There were 156 students who signed up for the experiment, indicting that they had a fear of heights. They
were all given the screening measure and 49 of them reached the cutoff for heights phobics. These 49
subjects who reached the cutoff were then given a behaviour test. They were asked to approach and climb
a four foot ladder. We hoped that the ladder was of suffcient height to provoke as acrophobic response, but
not so high as to put the subject at physical risk. The foor in front of the ladder was marked off in one foot
intervals for four feet. The subject was asked for a SUD rating at each mark, and then again on each step of
the ladder. The subjects were free to stop ascending the ladder at any point.
After completing the behaviour test, the subjects were taken to a separate room and were met by another
experimenter. They were then asked to give a SUD rating. They were requested to think of a situation
related to heights that made them anxious and then rate their anxiety on a scale of 0-10. In order to assign
the subjects randomly to either TFT or a placebo TFT, they were asked to draw a piece of paper from a
box. All of the papers in the box were numbered 1 or 2. Those who drew the number one received the TFT
algorithm for phobias and those who drew the number two received a treatment that consisted of tapping
on various parts of the body that are not used in TFT. Before any treatment began, all of the subjects were
treated for reversal.
Then, the experimenter treated them with either TFT or the placebo treatment. After treatment they were
asked for a SUD rating. If the SUD was not zero, the treatment was administered again. After the second
treatment, post-testing began, regardless of the SUD rating.
After the treatment, subjects were returned to the frst experimenter who did post testing with the subjects.
It is important to note that the experimenter who did the pre and post tests was unaware of which treatment
the subject had received. At the post test, subjects were again asked to approach and climb the ladder, giv-
ing a SUD rating at each step, just as they had before treatment.
Before doing any analysis, the groups were compared on their pre-treatment measures to be sure the
4
groups were comparable. Given the random assignment to condition we did not expect the groups to differ
on pre-treatment measures and they did not. Although both groups got somewhat better there was a statisti-
cally signifcant difference between those subjects who had received real TFT and those who had received
placebo, with the TFT subjects showing signifcantly more improvement. There was a signifcant difference
when all the SUD scores were averaged for each subject and the difference was more pronounced when ex-
amining the SUD scores of the subjects while climbing the ladder. Thus, those who were treated with TFT
had less anxiety then those who received the placebo.
The study provides important data about TFT. While clinical trials demonstrate the usefulness of TFT,
they do not have control groups, nor are subjects randomly assigned to condition. In this study, subjects
were randomly assigned to condition and there was a placebo treatment. Unlike the SCD study, the goal
was not necessarily to reduce the SUD to zero, but to determine if TFT, administered under controlled con-
ditions, would differ signifcantly from a placebo treatment that was similar to TFT. The clinical study and
experimental study, taken together, provide unique support for TFT. We plan to publish the full results of
the study in the future.
5
A Letter From Canada
By Norma Gairdner, HD, The Thought Field, Volume 6, Issue 4
Hi Dr. Callahan,
I had the most amazing cure yesterday, with an algorithm, which I used on an anxious to near-hysteria,
mother. This woman is the mother of a 16 year old homeopathic patient of mine.
The girl complained so much about her mother not trusting her, that I asked her to bring her mother with
her (there is no active father) to her next appointment. The mother showed up wizened, bitter, ugly-look-
ing, frantic and fraught.
We talked for awhile about the relationship between herself and her daughter who does no drugs, alcohol,
or tobacco; no sex, no bad behaviour, has good grades, etc., and thinks that the mother is a half-crazy.
After a while, I asked the mother if she would like a treatment for her fears about her daughter hanging
around with the wrong friends, going downhill in school, not being prepared for life, being lazy, fghting
with the mother, growing away from the mother (who has no one else), and suffering poverty in the cruel
world alone (like the mother), badly prepared for real life (for which the mother feels quilty), etc.
She said ok, so I simply asked her to work up her issues and to lump all of them concerning the daughter to-
gether in her mind until they were unbearable...this woman is from Hungary and does not speak much English.
She got her SUD, after a bit of effort, up to a visible (with pallor) 8.5. I began the treatment without any
muscle-testing, using the simple phobia Tx because she had had a lifetime of fear...not just about the daugh-
ter; and, I did not do PR frst, though I was tempted. She was still at an 8.5, so I did the PR and then repeat-
ed the treatment. She went to a 5. Then I did the mini PR plus the affrmation (I dont know why I decided
to use the affrmation, I just did.) and I could see the strength of the effect, right away. She then moved to a
2-3. I had her do the PR again, with another affrmation (some of this problem), and she went directly to a
1. Then, however, it was when I had her do the eye roll that she suddenly gasped with a shriek Oh! What
happened to me!? she said.
What are you feeling? I said, calmly.
She said, I feel a big warmth coming through my body. I am dizzy, she said. (For a second she was
clearly disoriented.) Then, she began to fush up really red and her whole face relaxed and her demeanor
changed completely...like another person all together. She said, with her hands to her heart, What have
you done to me?
I asked again, What are you feeling?
She said, I feel, I feel, I feel completely relieved. Oh, thank you, thank you. Thank you so much! and
she wept.
I tell you Dr. Callahan, it was as though something dark had moved out from her body, and her healthy
spiritual self showed up in full bloom. She looked beautiful.
I so appreciated the work....
Warm regards, Norma
6
Phobias
A phobia is a persistent, irrational fear of a harmless object or situation. People who have a phobia are
normally aware that the fear is irrational; nevertheless, they are unable to control the strong, fearful reaction
they experience when they are confronted with the object of their fear. Their awareness of the irrationality of
their fear often adds to their embarrassment about having the fear, which is exacerbated by the myths held
by many people that people who have phobias lack courage. In reality, nothing could be farther from the
truth, as it takes a supreme act of courage for people with phobias to function in the face of fears that they
cannot help having.
What causes phobias? Some people erroneously believe that phobias always stem from traumas. While
this might be true in some cases, it is more often the case that people are born with phobias. Biologist Ru-
pert Sheldrake and others believe that the information in felds can be transmitted from our ancestors and
passed down through the generations. In this way, phobias can be inherited, although not genetically.
All land-based chordates are born with a fear of heights. While most people outgrow this fear as a result
of maturing, some people do not, and they continue to be afraid of heights. People who have a fear that they
have never outgrown are said to have a neotenous phobia.
Some phobias are atavistic, a term that refers to a throwback from an earlier ancestral form. In TFT, an
atavism is a return of a psychological problem, within an individuals lifetime, that has been eliminated
through therapy or subsumed naturally due to maturity (see TFT Glossary in Stop the Nightmares of Trauma
for full defnitions of atavism and neoteny).
When a phobia is clearly linked to a traumatic event, it is necessary to treat that trauma with the trauma al-
gorithm before using the treatment for phobias; however, most phobias are not caused by trauma. It is much
more common for people to be afraid of snakes or spiders, even though they have had no traumatic experi-
ence with them, than it is for people to have a phobia of something their parents might have warned them
against, such as an electric socket or crossing the street.
It is also important to make a distinction between a simple phobia and complex anxiety disorder when
trying to help someone. A simple phobia is a phobia that is limited to one area of a persons life. A person
with a simple phobia will typically have no problem functioning in other areas of life that do not involve the
object of the fear. For instance, if people have a phobia of dogs, they will normally be relatively free from
anxiety and able to function in life until they encounter a dog. Simple phobias are usually easily treated in
one treatment with the TFT phobia algorithm. Complex anxiety disorder will require more than one treat-
ment, and Individual Energy Toxins will usually be involved.
7
Phobia Algorithms
Most Simple Phobias
Under Eye, Under Arm, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( e, a, c )
Spiders, Claustrophobia, Turbulence
Under Arm, Under Eye, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( a, e, c )
8
OVERCOMING PANIC ATTACKS
By Christina Mayhew, TFT-Adv., ATFT UPdate, Issue 12, Summer 2009
Well, what if the anxiety doesnt go away. What if it gets worse? What if it gets out of control and be-
comes fully escalated into a full blown panic attack?
A friend of mine (Lets call him Art) was having trouble staying focused on his work, relating to others,
sleeping at night, and was feeling very depressed and almost despondent. He called me and asked if I could
help him. Art told me he had seen many doctors and had taken various drugs but nothing was working. In
fact he was getting worse, not better.
He wasnt even sure he wanted to live any more because he felt there was nothing left in his life that he
cared about. I immediately asked him if he was under a doctors care. He said he was just released from
a mental health facility and didnt have insurance so he had to keep going to a local clinic and would have
to wait for hours to see a doctor. I asked him what happened. Art explained, One day while driving to an
appointment, I could feel the anxiety bursting at the seams. I was recently laid off from a large frm; I lost
a long term relationship in a bitter break-up; I suffer from severe back pain from an auto accident a couple
years ago, and now I dont have the money to pay my overdue rent.
Art had been looking for a job for months and was on his way to an interview, he said, when he looked
in the mirror and saw his face swollen, red and very itchy. He was covered from head to toe in a rash. This
was the fnal straw! The last thing he really remembered was stopping the car in the middle of the road and
getting out. Two months later, he was released from a mental health facility, put on new medication, and
sent back out into the world to deal with his challenges. He had no family locally and didnt have money to
travel back home.
Art had done some pro bono work with my construction company so I agreed to see what I could do for
him. When he arrived, he looked awful. His face and body were just covered in hives and he was shaking
uncontrollably. I could see he was absolutely miserable and very distressed. The frst thing I did was sit him
down and take him through a relaxation exercise. Then I proceeded to walk him through the Thought Field
Therapy Trauma Algorithm to help him overcome the trauma of the terrible rash. I then showed him tapping
points for the trauma of his panic attack, then the loss of his job.
Each time, Arts shaking lessened and his body started to relax. I went on to treat him for the loss of
his job and his broken relationship. Since I am new in using TFT, I was amazed to see how his demeanor
changed to being more relaxed. Even his rash was starting to fade away! I tested him for some things that
I felt may be toxic for him such as his anxiety medicine, foods he may have eaten, laundry detergent, etc.
Because his body and immune system seemed so compromised, it didnt surprise to me to fnd that he was
sensitive to many things. I started treating Art one by one for those sensitivities.
Two hours had gone by and I was still working on him, yet I felt the need to continue as he was show-
ing great progress. It was truly amazing watching the rash disappear before my eyes and to see his horrible
trembling almost stop. Arts big brown eyes looked up at me with tears fowing down his cheeks. I asked
him if he was ok and if he wanted to stop. He took a deep long breath, closed his eyes and didnt say any-
thing. I asked him again if he was ok or was this too much. He told me, No, I just need a few minutes to
take in what has happened. I left the room to give him some time to absorb it all. About fve minutes later
9
Art asked me to come back into the room. I almost didnt recognize him. He wasnt the same person who
walked in my door two hours before. He was smiling and almost completely free of the rash. He hugged
me and said that this was the frst time in several years he felt totally free, without pressure, and not anxious
or nervous. He felt like he could make things work out. He didnt feel like the weight of the world was
crashing down upon him.

Before Art left, I wrote the tapping sequences down for him so the next time he felt anxious, he could
start tapping before he got out of control. He left a new man! I cant begin to tell you how being able to
help people overcome their debilitating emotional states has changed my own life! Being able to empower
people by teaching them this powerful, safe and non-invasive technique is truly a Godsend for me and them,
and I know can be for you too!
10
Pulse Test Self-Discovery with Panic Attacks
By Caroline Sakai, PhD, TFT-VT, The Thought Field, Volume 7, Issue 1
A young adult professional male sought treatment for recurrent panic attacks. The panic episodes awak-
ened him at night, and were most prevalent in the early morning upon awakening. He also occasionally had
them while driving to work.
He worked with the panic algorithm with the addition of the middle fnger, index fnger and collarbone
treatment points (by TFT-Dx) and could rapidly bring the panic symptoms down from SUD 10 to 0. He
recalled not actually experiencing them on a trip which he attributed totally to being on vacation and not
having to go to work, although he confessed he actually liked his job and had not considered that his job was
too stressful until he started trying to fgure out why he was having panic attacks. He even was beginning
to suspect that maybe his wife was somehow making him anxious, although he reported a compatible and
satisfying relationship, because he was trying to make sense out of why he had the attacks at home most,
and in the bedroom especially.
He diligently did the pulse test (outlined by Arthur Coca, The Pulse Test, 1994). He found that in contrast
to most people, his pulse rate was highest when he awakened (one-minute pulse was taken while still lying
down upon awakening)in the 95 to 105 range. It would decline while he was at work down to 65 to 80,
with occasional spikes of twenty or more points after lunch or coffee break (pulse was logged 1 hour after
ingestion of food or drink). He discovered energy sensitivities to his occasional decaffeinated coffee and
diet decaffeinated coke through his pulse variations, and went on a trial taking those out of his diet for 8
weeks which eliminated the occasional daytime spikes. He realized after signifcant reduction in his pulse
after washing all his bedding, that it could be his two cats, which he adored, and which slept or scampered
on his bed, and with which he played before driving off to work. He called excitedly the morning after
keeping his cats out of the bedroom, washing the bedding, and vacuuming the room and drapes, that he
had a normal pulse and no panic episodes. He reported no panic attacks for a week, and then for a month,
though it had been a daily occurrence. The panic episodes in the car stopped after he started lint-brushing
his clothes and washing his hands before leaving the house and getting into his car. He told me it was a
good thing he made the discovery through his own detective work with the pulse test, as he surmised that if
I had suggested his beloved cats might be contributing to the fring of his symptoms, and he should consider
keeping them out of his room as an experiment, he would have told me to go to hell!
11
TREATMENT PROCEDURES FOR COMPLEX PHOBIAS,
ANXIETY STATES, AGORAPHOBIA, AND PANIC
By
Roger J. Callahan, Ph.D.
Complex phobias are defned as those phobias which are not eliminated within a relatively short period of
time. Most delimited phobias, of course, are cured with the common algorithms in a brief time.
Complex phobias, anxiety states, agoraphobia, and panic disorders usually require persistent treatments,
tracking and elimination of toxins over a period of time to assure a good and a lasting result. This follow up
is vital to achieve complete and lasting results.
The following are the usual steps in the treatment of these problems.
I. Clarification of problem
Origin of problem (if known)
Severity of problem
How does it affect you?
How long have you suffered from this problem?
Treatment history: what treatments have you tried?
Doctors, organizations or therapists; names and length of treatments with each.
Your opinion on outcome.
Conditions, places, circumstances and distances to which evoke problem.
Medications taken in the past for this problem.
Medications taken currently. How much, how often? Name and address of prescribing physician.
II. Treatment Procedure
Upset thinking about a problem.
The majority of people get somewhat upset when they just think about their problem. The frst step is to
treat the feeling of upset while merely THINKING about the problem. It is a major step forward when you
no longer can get upset thinking about a problem.
Its been known for years that when we think of a problem, our body and our mind reproduce exactly what
happens to us when we are actually in the problem situation, but to a somewhat
lesser degree. This phenomenon allows you to treat the problem without you having to be in the real situ-
ation. All you have to do is think about it and then use the appropriate algorithm. In this way you can treat
12
in advance of being in the real situation. This can save you a lot of unnecessary pain and misery.
When you no longer get upset just thinking about a problem it doesnt necessarily mean you are cured of
that particular problem, but it is a clear and encouraging development. The treatments have basically altered
a fundamental aspect of your problem.
If you get upset merely THINKING about a problem you are most likely to be at least, or even more upset,
if you actually engage in that problem. If you dont get upset after treatment it means something is now
quite different. Many clients are signifcantly improved, if not completely better, after this.
Feel nothing while thinking about problem (before treatment)
If you do not feel anything when you think about your problems, it is likely you are repressing, i.e., auto-
matically keeping out of your conscious mind, an awareness of your emotions. You dont do this on pur-
pose; you cant help it. It sometimes happens to people who feel they cant do anything about their prob-
lem. They just try to shut it out of their mind. Over time, this avoidance of awareness of emotion becomes
automatic and there is no longer a choice in the matter; the awareness is simply gone. An emotion, in such
people, is not perceived until it becomes overwhelmingly strong.
Repressors must be overwhelmed with an emotion before they are able to be aware of it. The repressor
has become expert at not experiencing a feeling or an emotion, unless he is overwhelmed by it. The lower
end of the emotional awareness scale is simply not available to this person.
The repressor can still be treated just as well as the more typical sensitive individual. The limitation is
simply that the repressor doesnt know how he is doing until he is in the real situation. You will lack the
immediate feedback and need to test the situation to know if you have had an improvement. In this instance
you may need to repeat the procedure several times as you can only treat what you are actually tuned in to at
the time of applying the algorithm. Without immediate feedback, you may not know until in the real situ-
ation that there is something else about the situation that also bothers you. If this is the case, simply repeat
the appropriate algorithm at the time you begin to feel the upset.
Do the treatments last?
We dont know for sure if you will be better in the real situation until you are ACTUALLY better in the
real situation. Also, we dont know if it will last until it lasts. The treatments usually last over time. How-
ever, when they dont we begin the all important phase of tracking and identifying what brings back the
problem. We have found that in certain complex cases, toxins of various types will cause a problem to
return.
You should keep a diary or journal of everything that goes in or on your body and note when and how
intense your symptoms are if they return. You can then begin to identify items that have aggravated your
problem and address those items. You will also immediately treat the problem again. Note: a simple test
for identifying ingested toxins is given in the book, The Pulse Test, by Arthur Coca. Some health food
stores carry this book but it is out of print. You can download the book at: http://www.soilandhealth.
org/02/0201hyglibcat/020108.coca.pdf
13
Treating the Underlying Problem
The treatments are not wasted, even when a problem returns. Unlike drugs or other approaches that sim-
ply MASK the problem, TFT treatments are addressing and reducing or eliminating the basic underlying
cause of the problem within the body and its felds.
Most importantly, dont get discouraged if you dont get well right away. Some people naturally take a
little longer to get better. If you run into any special diffculties or complications chances are good we have
a treatment to take care of it.
Success Rate
These procedures have an unusually high success rate, thanks especially to the discoveries about psycho-
logical reversal. Review the glossary on Psychological Reversal frequently. It is helpful for you to under-
stand this important concept.
If you are having a panic attack, immediately, correct the psychological reversals, tapping the PR spot and
under the nose, then do the collar bone breathing. That will often ease up the panic very quickly.

Objectivity needed
Dont try to help the treatment by imagining you feel better if you actually do not. Conversely, dont
hesitate to say you are feeling better if you ARE feeling better. Some people are afraid to admit they feel
better for fear they will lose it. The gains from these treatments are very rarely lost.
You are the worlds leading authority on how you are feeling, only you know for sure. Your reports guide
the treatments and therefore, it is important for you to strive to be objective and accurate so you can be more
effectively treated
One Problem At A Time
It is impossible to treat more than one problem at a time. Keep your focus (your Thought Field tuned) on
the immediate problem being treated as best you can. Dont shift your attention to the future or some other
problem once you begin the algorithm.
Remember you can only treat one thing at a time. These treatments are remarkable, but they dont treat
everything at once.
I Cant Think About It Anymore
I hear this phrase a lot. It is an interesting and typical response from someone who has been successfully
treated. Every time they have thought about their problem in the past, sometimes over decades; they have
always gotten upset. Now, for the frst time, they can think about their problem without getting upset and
they wrongly conclude they must not be thinking about their problem. This is, of course, not precise. The
reaction stems also from not believing this simple treatment could have had such a profound effect. It is
hard to believe so they try to explain what happened by conjuring up the idea they must not be thinking
14
about it any more.
It is impossible to say the words, I cant think about my problem anymore without actually thinking
about the problem.
What is usually meant is: when thinking about the problem, for the frst time since there was a problem, it
is not possible to get upset.
A more precise statement would be, Now, for the frst time since I have had this problem, I dont get
upset when I think about it.
III. Removing Traumas from the Past
This part is not critical for most people but it can smooth the path toward getting better and it is a crucial
step for some clients. Try to recall the frst time the panic or anxiety occurred or remember the absolute
worst experience with it.
We can now remove the negative effects for all kinds of traumas from the past including war traumas,
rape, robbery, accidents, grief, loss of a love, and other horrible experiences such as panic attacks.
Your frst experience with your severe problem is similar to having been in a war or a horrible accident.
These types of problems are called post-traumatic stress disorders and there has never before been an ef-
fective treatment or them. We can now remove these traumas quickly and effectively. Removing the effects
of the trauma doesnt cure the major problem (unless the major problem is a trauma) but it usually makes it
easier to eliminate the problem.
One treatment is all most people need to eliminate the negative effects of past traumas forever. Should
you ever again be able to get upset thinking about this trauma of the past it means you didnt remove all of
it. You should write a list of the things that still bother you about the past trauma and then address each one
separately with the complex trauma algorithm.
IV. Pushing Yourself
Most people, including professionals, assume you have to push yourself; that you must experience anxiety
over and over again in order to get better. Fortunately, that is rarely necessary and often creates additional
trauma. I want you to feel relaxed and confdent (which comes naturally with effective treatment) BEFORE
you test the results in reality.
You will know when you are ready to test the treatment in reality. You will feel relaxed and confdent
thinking about it. That is the time to test it.
15
V. Medications
There are many problems with medications. First, even when drugs work they are only MASKING not
curing the problem. There are side effects which are known and there are side effects which are NOT YET
KNOWN with newer drugs. Then there is the addiction problem, which can create worse problems than
you had before you started using the drugs. I have found that any drug, or even activity, which masks the
awareness of anxiety, is likely to cause a serious addiction.
I am not opposed to drugs, but its like major surgery; I recommend you try other, less toxic, approaches
frst. You will see that TFT usually works better than drugs and, most importantly, it eliminates the UN-
DERLYING CAUSE of your problems. You do not, therefore, risk addiction or side effects to the TFT
procedures as you do to drugs. TFT actually eliminates the problem, not merely masks it.
If you are taking medication for your problem, discuss with your physician the possibility of weaning you
off the drug. Withdrawal effects and severe anxiety connected with withdrawal can often be eliminated with
TFT addiction treatments.
It is vital to follow the medical advice of your physician. Getting off any drug without medical supervi-
sion can lead to other problems.
16
Treatment for the Trauma of Panic Attacks
One of the most striking facts about panic is the consummate severity of it. Unless you work with victims
of this disorder, or have experienced panic personally, it is hard to imagine how disruptive and terrifying the
experience is. The state of panic represents the extreme acute intensity of what is possible in the realm of psy-
chological suffering. There are objectively worse things that can happen to people, and there is suffering that
can take a greater toll, but there is no suffering which is as acute or as disruptive as a severe panic reaction.
It usually strikes without warning and is a devastating experience. It has a severe negative impact to a
persons confdence and self-esteem. Self esteem is affected because the victim usually and (unfortunately)
blames himself for having an irrational weakness. Self blame adds a very severe complication to the
problem (see Psychological Reversal). Panic is a sharp intense and sudden attack of severe anxiety.
A panic attack is so severe that once it happens it has an extreme effect on how a person lives his life.
Often, the sufferer is taken to the emergency room. The thought of having on of these attacks alone, and or,
away from the security of home, or medical help is unbearable. In extreme cases, the person may become
home bound, or has a limited territory beyond which he cannot go. The most poignant description of this
horror was given to me by a young and devoted mother of a three year old child. She was unable to travel
more than six feet from her front door. The worst part of the problem was, she told me, that if her child had
to be taken to a doctor in an emergency she simply would not able to take him. Knowing the truth of this
made her feel more terrible.
Once this has happened to a person it creates a feeling of being psychologically crippled. The occasion of
a panic attack creates a post traumatic stress disorder. It is similar to being in a war or a horrible accident.
Therefore it becomes an important and central part of treating panic disorder to also treat the trauma of hav-
ing the panic attacks.
Like most things panic exists in degrees. The most severe form is often underrated both by professionals
and by relatives. Professionals are often quoted as saying that no one has ever died of panic.
Recently, a young Navy trainee who was severely phobic for water was taking training where he was sup-
posed to submerge himself in a tank flled with water. He protested but the instructors, forced the young
man to go in the water despite his pleas, and he died.
Panic Similar to an Earthquake
In certain respects panic is similar to an earthquake that happens inside oneself. Both severe anxiety
(panic) and severe earthquakes are intrinsically horrifying experiences. One never knows when it will
strike; both are unpredictable and may occur at any moment. Once someone has experienced either a severe
earthquake or a panic it is unforgettable and the potential for more is a chronic source of intimidation.
We successfully treat people who have been in severe earthquakes and for whom the very thought of an
earthquake is emotionally shattering and intolerable. After the treatment the formerly intimidated victim is
typically one of the calmest people around in the next earthquake. We strive to do the same for panic victims.
17
When a panic victim knows how to neutralize a panic attack it dramatically reduces any former intimida-
tion and leads to a growing confdence and sense of well being. Eradicating the effect of past panic attacks
adds a great deal toward developing a calm and growing sense of confdence and a gradual elimination of
intimidation.
Panic Creates a Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
Post-traumatic stress disorder is a condition caused by a very upsetting, stress producing situation such as
being in a war, a severe accident, victimized by rape, child abuse, or having a severe panic attack.
It doesnt do much good to diagnose the presence of post-traumatic stress disorder unless one knows what
to do about it. The conventional treatments for post-traumatic stress, in my opinion, are usually worse than
doing nothing. Having a victim relive emotionally, the agony of having gone through a horrible experience
usually makes things worse. If you cant help someone with a problem, then its better to do nothing at all.
Until I developed the treatment presented in your week 4 handout for post-traumatic stress, there has been
no treatment which has signifcantly helped trauma victims. Mrs. W. had her frst attack forty years ago.
She has had no panic attacks for the last ten years. She would like help because she would like to travel
with her husband and she just cant stand the feeling of being trapped on the plane. We treated her of the
upsetting thought and quickly got her from an 8 to a 1, just thinking about fying. She will be testing this
out in the next few days and see how it holds up in the real situation.
We will check her, via telephone, the day before the fight and then will have a telephone appointment at
the airport before she leaves.
After the brief treatment for fying, I asked her to think about her frst panic attack forty years ago. She
became visibly upset and went to an 8 on the 10point scale. I asked if any time during the forty years since
the frst attack, if she had ever been able to think about it without getting upset. She said, No; each time
brings back almost he same horror of that frst attack.
I asked her to think about her frst attack while we carried out our rapid and treatment for trauma. Within
a few minutes the 8 was reduced to a 1. We tell the client that if ever again they can get upset thinking about
the trauma, to call us immediately, because that proves that we didnt get all of it. When it is thoroughly
treated, the victim, will not get upset again.
We have had a lot of experience with this treatment, and it usually lasts, but sometimes it has to be repeat-
ed. The treatment goes very deep and, among other things, chronic nightmares about the trauma cease and
the individual is able to recall and review the event with no trace of an upset.
We routinely check with each client, who has suffered from panic, and clear out the traumas associated
with the frightening onset of the condition. The trauma treatment does not take care of all of the persons
problems, by any means, but it is an important and often critical step in bringing about the eventual recovery
from this problem.
18
Complex Anxiety Disorders / Panic Disorder
Complex Anxiety Disorders
Complex anxiety disorders are more complicated to treat than simple phobias. People with complex anxi-
ety disorder have multiple phobias that affect their lives as a whole and interfere with their ability to func-
tion in major areas of their lives. An example would be agoraphobia. These clients can defnitely be helped
with TFT; however, it usually takes more than one treatment. Multiple aspects of the problem need to be
addressed, as well as the traumas in their lives.
It is important for therapists using TFT to explain this information to clients with complex anxiety disor-
ders so they do not become discouraged if they are not cured by one simple treatment. These clients also
very often have Individual Energy Toxins that need to be addressed in order for the treatments to hold up
over time (see Cure and Time). While an algorithm-trained person can help them by using the procedures
to address different aspects of their fears, it is often necessary for them to have at least a few sessions with a
person trained in TFT Causal Diagnosis or Voice Technology.
Complex Anxiety / Panic Attack Algorithms
First Use:
Eyebrow, Under Eye, Under Arm, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( eb, e, a, c )
Alternative Algorithms:
Under Eye, Under Arm, Eyebrow, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( e, a, eb, c )
Under Arm, Under Eye, Eyebrow, Collarbone, Tiny Finger (using the Protocol)
( a, e, eb, c, tf )
Eyebrow, Under Arm, Under Eye (using the Protocol)
( eb, a, e )
Under Eye, Eyebrow, Under Arm, Tiny Finger (using the Protocol)
( e, eb, a, tf )
19
Treatment for Neurological Disorganization
(collar bone breathing for anxiety and panic)
The mind and body are obviously interconnected. Although there have been claims for many years, there
is no solid evidence that the mind can exist apart from a living, functioning body. The brain and the ner-
vous system are the parts of the body which are most intimately connected with the mind. It is artifcial to
separate the mind from any portion of the body; although we do it for convenience and simplifcation of
communication.
Parts of the nervous system are developed and organized prior to birth and other parts become organized
during the early developmental years. Early crawling activity and walking bring further refnements in the
way the nervous system is organized and these activities are infuential in the developing brain, including
the ways in which the right and left brain are organized.
Problems can develop in the organization of the nervous system and such problems have many impli-
cations. For years, it has been known that there are children whose learning is affected by some kind of
neurological problem. When I was a graduate student at Syracuse University and, later a research clinical
psychologist at Wayne County Training School and, still later, at Eastern Michigan University, the workers
in the feld would refer to these children as minimally brain injured children. The most distinguishing
characteristic of these children, apart from their perceptual, learning, and behavioral diffculties was that
there was no evidence of ANY brain damage. I carried out a small campaign to change their name to per-
ceptually disturbed which was descriptive of something they were, as opposed to something they were not.
Thanks to a number of other workers who shared my view, you rarely hear the term minimally brain
injured anymore.
Among the many symptoms of such children; they often reverse fgures and ground in their perceptual
felds and were often hyperactive. Many of these youngsters were dyslexic in varying degree; that is, they
were unable to read or if they could read it was with great diffculty and strain.
Signs of Neural Disorganization
The state of neural disorganization results in a state that those in applied kinesiology call switching.
(Walther, David, Applied Kinesiology, vol 1, 1981, Pueblo, Co., p.139) Dr. Walther points out some of the
body language that is often indicative of switching:
An easily recognized sign of disorganization is the reversal of actions or thoughts. This is often seen as
the patient does exactly opposite what the examiner requests, such as lying face down when asked to lie on
his back, turning right instead of left, looking up instead of down, etc. Reversals are seen in the transposi-
tions of letters in typing or doing mathematics, and in saying the opposite of what is meant. (Note: we fnd
these same phenomena in the state of psychological reversal which suggests that when we get reversed,
among other things, our nervous system temporarily go out of organization. The switching phenomenon
tends to be permanent before correction, while psychological reversal can be transient.)
Poor coordination of the musculoskeletal system is evidence of possible switching. Numerous bruises
on the legs or arms should alert the doctor to ask about bumping into coffee tables, door jambs, etc., while
moving about the house.
20
Dr. Walther reports that some patients tell him that they repeatedly bump into the bed while they are
making it and machinists who work with the same machine every day keep bumping into it. The severely
switched child is the one who has trouble throwing a ball and has poor coordination in catching one; he is
usually considered the klutz of the playground. He is the child who gets chosen last when the kids are
choosing teams.
In World War II, in the Air Force Aviation Cadet Program, we would have a few candidates who could not
get the basic maneuvers of left and right face consistently correct. I remember one fellow for the Ozark re-
gion of Missouri; he was unschooled, but he was obviously very intelligent and passionately wanted to be an
Air Corps pilot. He washed out because of his confusion about right and left. Some of the training offcers
thought he wasnt too bright, but it was obvious to those of us who knew him, that he was probably brighter
than those same offcers. He had to achieve a high score on an intelligence test in order to enter the program
in the frst place. No one knew what the problem was, least of all him. Today, it is clear to me what was
wrong with him. He had a problem with neural disorganization.
Dr. Walther also points out that the organized individual has a rhythmic movement while walking and run-
ning, whereas the switched patient is awkward.
Arm Swing When Walking
About twenty years ago, on TV, I saw a mugger in New York being interviewed about how he chose his
victims. I remembered that he said that he watched how they swing their arms when they walked.
He said something about preferring a victim who didnt swing his arms because it seemed easier to sur-
prise him and catch him off balance. Since that time, I have noticed how people swing their arms.
As is generally well known, normal people swing their arms when they walk. As the right leg goes for-
ward, the left arm swings forward automatically. The nerves that control the relevant muscles are organized
to promote that kind of heterolateral movement which is typical for humans.
I have observed that individuals who have a problem with their neurological organization will have a
curtailed arm swing when they walk. Some have no arm swing at all when they walk while others have a
curtailed swing of both arms or just one arm. It is interesting that these people are not aware of this until it
is pointed out to them; and then they readily see it, but usually dont recognize that there is anything unusual
about it until they observe other people walk quite differently.
A survey carried out on the street, yielded the following information about arm swing in the general popu-
lation. The condition for observing will be spelled out incase you would like to check out the results for
yourself.
Only count people who are in a full gait; meandering slowly doesnt count because there is no chance for
the arms to swing. Only count people who have nothing in their arms and who are not obviously crippled.
Using these criteria, we found that 2 out of a hundred do not swing either arm and 8 out of a hundred have a
defnitely curtailed arm swing in one arm.
Among diffcult patients, the percentage of curtailed arm swing is far higher than the above fgure. We
21
fnd a signifcant correlation between the degree of curtailed arm swing and the number of K27s (collarbone
breathing treatments) that need to be done. We fnd that complex, non-responsive patients show the need for
this kind of therapy. Dr. Walther (p.150), who works with physical problems states It appears that all prob-
lem patients have neurological disorganization . We confrm that same fnding in regard to panic, agora-
phobic and chronic patients. When the correction for the disorganization is done, we fnd that most problem
patients respond much more effectively.
K27 Therapy (Now referred to as Collar bone breathing exercises)
The K27 (collar bone) points are located at the junction of the sternum, clavicle and frst rib. One is to
the right of the center and one is to the left of center (see handout week handout). To fnd it, take your hand
and place it at the bottom center of your chin and move it down the center of your throat until you touch the
top of your collarbone. Now move down about one inch and then move about one inch to the right. You
are now touching the right collar bone or K27 point. Move one inch to the left and you are touching the left
collar bone or K27 point. If you are anywhere close to it; it will work.
The cross K27 treatments, or now simply referred to as the collar bone breathing exercises, which I have
developed are based on some basic discoveries by Dr. George Goodheart and some crucial additional dis-
coveries of Dr. David Walther. Dr. Walther has used his cross K27 treatments with success in treating some
cases of schizophrenia and in cases of children with neural organizational problems.
The treatments are called K27 because the point touched during the treatment (see diagram) is the 27th
point (the end point) on the kidney acupuncture energy meridian. This point is considered the home of all
associated points.
The treatments developed by Dr. Walther require the service of a highly trained physician who is skilled
in cranial manipulation. Some osteopathic and chiropractic physicians, skilled in applied kinesiology, are
trained in this specialized procedure.
For our purpose, I found a far simpler way to make these corrections which appears to lead to similar
results, as the involved and complex treatments. We have a considerable amount of clinical evidence that
these simpler treatments help diffcult and non responsive clients with complex psychological problems.
I have measured a number of severely disturbed clients, before and after these treatments, some of whom
might be classifed as ambulatory schizophrenic, using the HOD Test (The Hoffer-Osmond Test) which
measures overt psychological, perceptual, and physical symptoms of schizophrenia. Defnite, and in many
cases, dramatic improvements were observe in the test results and in reduction of symptoms after these cor-
rections were done.
Many people, apart from these severe cases, can beneft from the treatment. I have found it to be very
helpful in many particularly diffcult cases of any type of psychological problem. (We consider a case dif-
fcult, if the response to treatment is not immediate.) The cross K27 treatments, or collar bone breathing
exercises, have proved to be especially helpful to some of the challenging anxiety and panic patients we
have treated. Many people need to do the treatment only once but there are some people who need to repeat
them daily, as I do for myself, or, after any signifcantly stressful event.
A theory about the treatment is that it is directed toward properly aligning the disorganized nervous sys-
22
tem. A person may be born with this tendency or it may be caused by traumas and perhaps may be per-
petuated by the continuing trauma of body structural problems such as foot misalignment, spinal or pelvic
distortions, or some other recurring cause such as continued exposure to toxins.
My own clinical experience suggests that people who are highly sensitive or susceptible to toxins, certain
foods or substances are among those who repeatedly require correction of this problem. This includes those
with anxiety and panic disorder and obsessive compulsive disorder.
Many people who were having diffculty responding to our anxiety treatments were able to respond after
receiving the correction treatment described in your week three handout on collar bone breathing exercises.
If you are having trouble responding to the treatments in the algorithms try the following procedure and then
repeat the standard treatments three to four times daily. When you master these treatments you can carry
them out in a matter of minutes.
We have found that if you do a treatment and it isnt needed it does nothing. Therefore, you can treat all
forty, multiple times in a day, if you suspect you need it and it wont hurt. You can treat all of them faster
than they can be tested, in any case.
Program Outline
Week 6: Application Addictions and Obsessive Behaviors
1. What is Addiction? - handout
2. Case studies
a. Radio and TV with shows with skeptical strangers
b. Addiction, Addictive Urge and TFT handout article
3. Addictive cravings or urges - handout
a. Explain and lead through algorithms
b. Role of toxins
4. Other complicated addictions
a. Underlying anxiety masking
b. Body image distortion article handout
Anorexia and Bulimia
c. Sexual addictions case study - handout
5. Obsessive behaviors handout
a. Behavioral addictions masking anxiety
b. The Five-Minute OCD Cure handout article
c. Role of toxins
d. Lead through algorithms
6. Q & A Submitted in Advance
7. Demonstrations Submitted in Advance
1
2
WHAT IS ADDICTION?
Addiction is a dependency on some substance or activity which causes some degree of harm to, or inter-
ference with, a persons life. The dependency is powered by the tranquilizing (i.e., anxiety masking) effect
of the substance or activity. Anxiety is a terrible emotion to experience and is worsened when there is no
apparent cause for it. The anxious person not only feels bad due to the anxiety, but he also feels stupid for
feeling bad, because he knows that the emotion makes no sense. If an anxious person takes something, or
does something which blocks awareness of the anxiety, he feels tremendous relief.
The person feels calm, serene, tranquilized, temporarily free of the agonizing feeling of anxiety. The relief
feels so good that it makes a profound impression on the body and the mind of the anxiety victim. Though
many addicts are aware of this sequence of actions leading to addiction, not every addict is aware of the
process. This sequence happens to each addict at a profound level of being, regardless of the level of con-
scious awareness.
The process of addiction creates a state of self-sabotage in the victim. This state makes it especially dif-
fcult to overcome the addiction because it drives the addict to engage in self-defeating and self-sabotaging
activities and to become his own worst enemy, such as not doing a simple treatment which can eliminate the
addictive urge. (See Chapter on Psychological Reversal for a fuller discussion of this problem.)
Why do certain substances or activities mask anxiety? This is an important question and the answer is not
yet fully known. Some drugs appear to physically block awareness of anxiety, through the nervous system,
or the brain, and some activities such as thumb sucking or hair pulling appear to be intrinsically soothing to
some individuals, and the apparent comfort of the activity appears to block awareness of anxiety.
The term addiction is often used rather loosely and as a result there is considerable misunderstanding of
the problem. For example, we may say that people are addicted to sports or books. But this meaning is not
meant to indicate a problem. It is meant to indicate a strong or intense fondness for sports or books.
In a psychological or medical sense, the term addicted has the clear implication of indicating a problem.
An addiction interferes with a persons life, functioning, health or well-being in some degree.
It is unreasonable to call natural, wholesome, and healthy good feelings an addiction. To feel good physi-
cally and mentally naturally, without drugs, is a sign and a consequence of good general health.
Everything that we feel or experience has physical consequences in our body. Each mental state has
physical, electrical, structural and chemical consequences. Some of these consequences can easily be dem-
onstrated in fne detail and more will become so as our abilities to measure these phenomena improve.
When we feel good naturally, there are some known chemical correlations to this feeling. Joggers,
prize fghters, and other athletes in training, report that they feel good when they train. Some experts have
pointed out that this good feeling is the result of endorphins being released. There is good evidence that the
endorphins are being released but the use of the term addiction to refer to people who enjoy feeling good
naturally is questionable and leads to unnecessary confusion in the already confused feld of addictions.
3
Some experts on addiction believe that superior physical conditioning leads to the athlete being addicted
to the release of his own endorphins, a kind of natural morphine released in the body. Other experts point
out that daredevils, stunt men, test pilots, race car drivers, frefghters, and policemen get addicted to their
natural adrenaline rushes. Addiction, by the defnition used here, must cause some degree of harm or inter-
ference with a persons life.
I believe that it doesnt make sense to use the term addiction in this manner since it unnecessarily confuses
the real problem of addiction. The training athlete feels good naturally and what he is doing promotes his
physical and mental well-being. It seems absurd to call this an addiction.
There are many people in what may be called dangerous professions who very much enjoy their work and
who fnd the mastery of this work thrilling and exciting. On the face of it, it makes no sense to call the love
of their work addiction
There are a small number of people in every line of work who may have a death wish or who show sui-
cidal tendencies. There may be a few individuals in these objectively dangerous professions who also have
a death wish, or who are self-destructive. Their work is intrinsically exciting, especially when they master
it. The intense enjoyment of the mastery of diffcult or dangerous work is not suffcient to label it a problem
or an addiction.
Professionals in these felds are more aware of the dangers in their work than the addiction experts are,
and they typically take appropriate precautions and usually balance the gains against the hazards. They take
pride in their skills and the enjoyment of their work. The love of their work cannot, properly, be called an
addiction
Addictions, like other problems, can exist in degrees of severity. A severe addiction is when ones life
is strongly and seriously disrupted and when there is an irresistible urge to take the addictive substance or
engage in the addictive activity.
The lives of some addicts are severely threatened and disrupted by their addiction, but some are protected
and sheltered by friends and relatives which, though helpful, also postpones the day of reckoning with the
harsh realities of their addiction. Their lives may SEEM to be all right, but without the help and support of
family and friends, the severity of their problem would be more quickly obvious to all.
PHYSIOLOGICAL ADDICTION
Most everyone is aware of what is called a physiological addiction. A classical case is addiction to heroin.
Heroin and its derivatives are among the most physically addictive of drugs. Usage over time results in the
body building a tolerance for, and a dependency upon the drug. When the person cannot get the drug for a
period of time, he goes through withdrawal symptoms which include physical and psychological suffering.
Even withdrawing from a mildly addictive drug, such as coffee, can result in mild withdrawal symptoms
such as headaches.
4
Recently, the American Surgeon General announced that nicotine is a physiologically addictive drug.
Professionals in the feld have been aware of this fact for decades. The physiological aspects of addiction
to nicotine are over with in about two or three days after withdrawal. Ask any heavy smoker if his prob-
lems with smoking are over with after three days of abstinence and most will tell you no Some smokers
will suffer terribly from smoking for as long as one year or more after quitting. This withdrawal obviously
cannot be due to physiological factors for they are over with rather quickly. What is going on is a crisis of
anxiety caused by withdrawal of a favored tranquilizer. Often, other tranquilizers are found to substitute for
the cigarette. For example, many former smokers gain weight after quitting smoking. They substitute food
for cigarettes.
There is no question about the fact of physiological addiction to certain drugs. It is my thesis, however,
that the purely physiological aspect of addiction is a relatively minor aspect in the whole problem of addic-
tion and is overemphasized.
PHYSIOLOGICAL ADDICTION IS NOT THE MAIN PROBLEM
For years, the experts were befuddled and misled about cocaine. It was not a strong physically addicting
drug and most experts considered it harmless. Today, it is well recognized that it is a powerful psychologi-
cally addictive drug.
Some purists would only use the term addiction for physiological addiction. But as we shall see, the seri-
ous problem of addictions are not primarily physiological, but rather psychological.
In England, it is legal to use heroin for patients who are suffering from severe and chronic pain. The inter-
esting fact has been observed that when the patient stops taking the heroin there is no withdrawal problem.
This can be explained by my theory; i.e., the patient was taking heroin for pain not for anxiety. Hence, when
the pain is gone the patient shows no withdrawal which supports my idea that addiction and withdrawal is
due to anxiety.
In the Vietnam war, a majority of American soldiers in combat used a number of illegal drugs. It is sur-
prising to most experts on addiction that the vast majority of veterans who had used drugs, over long periods
of time, simply gave up the drugs when they returned home. According to the prevailing theories about
the importance of physiological addiction, this should not have happened. Most of the veterans, the theory
goes, should have been addicts when they got back.
Only a small percentage of regular drug users continued using drugs after they left the stress of combat.
It seems likely that both the pain patients in England, and the veterans in combat, were using drugs pri-
marily to help alleviate an unbearable objective situation in reality; physical pain in the case of heroin in
England for pain and objective anxiety due to the war. When the reality situation no longer existed, there
was no addictive problem, despite the physiologic dependencies that had been established.
The reports about the pain patients who used heroin and the war veterans who used hard drugs ft the
theory presented here about the nature of addiction. The main diffculty in withdrawal is a crisis of anxiety.
When the person cannot get his favored tranquilizer (which merely masks and does not eliminate anxiety or
5
its cause), he goes into a severe anxiety state. Although physiological addiction is real, the basic and serious
problem involved in addiction is psychological. Withdrawal, I maintain, is an anxiety attack.
Some experts on addiction will have trouble grasping this new theory because they dont have an ap-
preciation of the severity of the problem of anxiety. They wrongly believe, that because there are physical
symptoms of withdrawal, the cause must be physiological addiction.
All emotions have physical consequences; an emotion is a PSYCHOSOMATIC (mind and body), or more
accurately a unifed response of the body/mind. When emotions are intense and severe, they have very
strong physical consequences. That is why so many panic attack victims believe they are dying of a heart
attack and it is not as reassuring as one might imagine when they discover that it is not a heart attack. In-
tense anxiety is certainly one of the worst feelings that anyone can experience.
An agoraphobic patient gave me a good example of how terrible and invasive the emotion of extreme
anxiety can be. She was a young and devoted mother of a three-year old son and she said that if her sons
life depended upon her ability drive him to a hospital in an emergency, she would not be able to do it. She
couldnt walk, let alone drive, further than a few feet from her front door. This simple act, for most of us,
was impossible for her. This is not an issue of a lack of courage, for I know personally and have treated
heroic veterans who have shown enormous courage in combat, who could not tolerate this kind of anxiety.
If you havent seen or experienced very intense anxiety, it is hard to understand the sheer horror of it.
THE ANXIETY-ADDICTION CONNECTION
There are legions of people in the world who, although they are not in chronic physical pain, or not in
combat, feel just as bad or worse, than if they were in combat or in chronic physical pain. We call these
people anxious.
Anxiety is the presence of fear when there is no objective external reason to be afraid. The uninformed
may scoff at these people because their problem appears to be ridiculous but the victims of anxiety know,
better than anyone else, how ridiculous it is. This knowledge only complicates their plight, for they suffer
not only from anxiety, which is bad enough, but they also feel extremely foolish and stupid for having the
problem.
THE CAUSE OF ADDICTION
All addiction problems are a result of the anxiety masking effect of certain drugs (legal or illegal); such as
caffeine, tobacco, alcohol, cocaine, heroin, gasoline fumes, marijuana, Xanax, Valium, chocolate, foods; or
the anxiety masking effect of certain activities, such as nail biting, hair pulling, thumb sucking, obsessive
rituals such as counting or moving in prescribed manners, and many of the avoidance behaviors common to
severe anxiety and panic disorders also may develop an addictive aspect.
The most commonly used drug is aspirin. Yet, in forty years of practice, and having treated many forms
of addiction over those years, I have never seen a case of addiction to aspirin. A few people in chronic pain
may use aspirin regularly, but it is not meaningful to talk about being addicted to relieving physical pain.
When the pain is gone, there is no further need for the aspirin. If aspirin had anxiety masking properties,
then we would see many people addicted to aspirin. The mere use of a drug doesnt result in an addiction.
6
The drug must have anxiety masking effects for a highly anxious person before an addiction will take place.
It is this reason that I believe any effective tranquilizer will become an addictive drug.
My theory is that the small number of veterans who continued drug use after they left the stress of combat
and returned home, were chronically anxious people who needed the drug for relief and who discovered
the anxiety masking properties of their favorite drug while they were in combat. They continued using the
drugs after the war because they were under the great stress of anxiety though they were out of the war. It
could even be a relief to such a person to have a reason to be anxious, such as war; it would help them to
make some sense of their strange and terrible pervasive feeling.
Because anxiety is such a common psychological problem, many soldiers were probably under great stress
before they got in combat. Some of them would have been under the great stress of anxiety even if there
were no war. Some of them suffered from post-traumatic stress disorder due to the horrible experiences of
the war. All of them needed relief from their suffering after the war. The drugs that they used seemed to
provide that much needed relief. Note: the drug didnt actually provide relief; it merely SEEMED to give
them the much needed relief that they desperately needed.
The majority of combat veterans did not need the drugs after the war was over and, therefore, it was easy
for them to give the drugs up. The source of anxiety, the war, was over for these veterans, but for the chron-
ically anxious veteran, the stress was still there as it was before exposure to the war.
Many people say that they use drugs in order to feel good. Actually, what many of them (those prone to
addiction) call feeling is the temporary illusive feeling of the freedom from anxiety. The anxiety may be
so chronic that they might not even be aware that they are feeling so bad until they try a drug and fnd that
they are capable of feeling much better than they ever imagined.
An addict, or one who is prone to addiction (addictive personality), is one who suffers from chronic or
situational anxiety which can be almost unbearable. He fnds, perhaps accidentally, that a substance or an
activity gives him APPARENT relief.
It is important to understand that he does not actually get any relief. What he gets is a tranquilizing or
masking or blocking effect. The anxiety is temporarily masked. This masking effect carries a danger be-
cause it sets up the situation where an addiction can take place. He receives much needed, but only apparent
relief from the anxiety. An addiction may begin with whatever substance or activity it is that provides the
much needed relief.
If the drug or activity actually reduced anxiety, or contributed to eliminating the cause of the anxiety, there
would be no addiction problem. In that unlikely case, the problem would be receiving a treatment and the
problem would be diminished or possibly eradicated.
In fact, what happens is that the anxiety usually and typically gets worse as the addiction builds up. The
serious crisis in withdrawal from an addictive drug or activity is a crisis of anxiety. Unless you are familiar
with anxiety patients, or with addicts who are undergoing withdrawal, you may not appreciate how diffcult
and excruciating a problem this anxiety of withdrawal can be.
Also, an addict who has been successful in quitting may go through a renewed crisis if something stressful
7
happens, such as losing a job, or a family member getting ill. Any upsetting event may trigger an extreme
renewed intense need for the favored tranquilizer.
ALL ADDICTIONS ARE, MAINLY, ADDICTIONS TO A TRANQUILIZER
A tranquilizer, in this context, is any substance or activity which masks or hides anxiety. It can be a drug,
alcohol, food, cigarettes, gambling, nail biting, pulling hair out, or any number of substances or activities.
A heavy user of any tranquilizer is usually not aware of the underlying anxiety problem because he is
continually masking the anxiety. A simple experiment can reveal the existence of the underlying anxiety.
Let any addict, of any sort, be without his favorite tranquilizer, whether it is a substance or an activity, and
intense anxiety will overwhelm him. He will then be very much aware of the anxiety, which is ever present,
but usually is obscured from awareness.
The addict, in withdrawal from his tranquilizer, will become acutely aware of the anxiety that is lurking
there all the time but is never thought about because it is constantly being masked. At the frst sign of anxi-
ety, the addict typically will indulge in his favorite tranquilizer and, therefore, he does not get much chance
to become aware of the anxiety.
A heavy smoker who runs out of cigarettes and fnds that all the stores are closed and all the cigarette
machines are empty will know the anxiety that he is simply not aware of when he is smoking cigarettes one
after the other.
If this theory about the basic nature of addiction is correct, then it should be possible to eliminate even the
most powerful addictive craving by treating and removing (not masking) the underlying anxiety which pow-
ers the addictive urge.
As you read on, you will see that we can now indeed rapidly eliminate the most powerful addictive crav-
ing by removing (not masking) the underlying anxiety. This gives us a powerful tool to eliminate not only
addictions, but to eventually eliminate the underlying cause of addictions. When you study and apply the
procedures presented here, you will fnd that you will be able to do this for most addicts with ease.
HABIT AND ADDICTION
Many people confuse habits and addictions. There is a great deal of difference between the two.
A habit is a behavior pattern that is done regularly and is so established in our behavioral repertoire that it
is usually done or carried out without conscious effort. Since a certain amount of effort went into establish-
ing a habit, a certain effort is required for changing a habit.
A good example of a habit is how we train ourselves to automatically remove our car keys when we leave
our care so that we dont lock ourselves out. When we got to a car wash, a car repair, or leave our car with
a valet or parking service, a special conscious effort is required in order to not walk off with the car keys
when we shouldnt. When we make the conscious effort, it is not that diffcult to change the habit; the dif-
fculty is remembering to be conscious about it. People think that habits are like addictions. They are not.
In addiction, no matter how conscious you are, you will fnd your addictive urge to be rather compelling or
8
overwhelming, depending upon the severity of the addiction.
We all have a habit of brushing our teeth regularly. If a new discovery in dentistry proved that it was bet-
ter if we did not brush our teeth (an unlikely event!); it would not be that diffcult to quit. A certain amount
of work is required in habits and addictions. All animals from the amoeba on up strive to minimize work
or effort in carrying out activities. An earthworm will learn the shortest path to this goal in a simple maze.
There is a natural repugnance to unnecessary effort. We would, for the most part, fnd it rather easy to give
up the habit of brushing our teeth.
Addictions, unlike habits, as everyone knows, are extremely diffcult to give up. If its very diffcult to
quit, then it isnt a habit, it is an addiction. In an addiction, one is driven and compulsive; habits are just
highly learned activities.
9
Addiction, Addictive Urge and TFT
Fred P. Gallo, PhD, The Thought Field, Volume 1, Issue 3
About four years ago I read an article in a national newsletter that described a treatment that described a
treatment for neutralizing addictive urges. The author, a psychologist, proffered the position that addiction
is essentially an anxiety disorder and that the addicted person was attempting to mask the anxiety by using a
substance. While I readily concurred with
the author, based on my own 21 years of working with addiction. I had a diffcult time swallowing the
treatment procedure. He recommended that one have addicts pay attention to the urge while tapping various
points! I remember thinking at the time that most likely the psychologist had lost his proverbial marbles! I
shoved the article aside.
Months later I was treating a person who was dependent on opiods. During one of our sessions she evi-
denced a strong urge, becoming quite pale tremulous after discussing her affnity for the drug. I attempted
to assist in settling the urge by using cognitive technique referred to as rational Emotive Imagery (REI).
While we were able to reduce the craving somewhat, the intensity returned moments later. Then I recalled
the strange procedure I had read about. At frst I was a little embarrassed to suggest it to my client, but
then I fgured we had nothing to lose. I simply told her that there was another technique that might help,
although I could not promise that it would. I pointed out that it did not seem that it could do any harm,
but then again it might do nothing at all. Talk about setting the stage for positive expectations! My client
shrugged her shoulders and agreed to give it a try. We had reasoned at the time that if she had a means of
settling addictive urges without using drugs, she would ne inclined to do so.
I asked her to tap under her eyes, then about four inches under an armpit, and fnally under her collar-
bones. Repeating this treatment several times brought the urge down to a four. While we were unable to
dissipate the urge any further, she was unable to intensify the urge either, even though I had her think about
how good it would feel. While I realized at that moment that I had more to learn, needless to say both my
client and I were quite impressed.
I could not recall who wrote the article, but I was fairly sure that I had kept it. In desperation I rooted
through huge stacks and fles of papers at my offce and at home. Eventually I found the newsletter. Lets
see, who wrote that article? I mused while turning the pages, Here it is, Dr. Roger J. Callahan, Indian
Wells, CA. After reading the article again, I wondered if there might not be more to this method. I decided
to give Dr. Callahan a call. While I was unable to make contact at frst, since he was out of town, before
long I was reviewing his materials and we were talking to each other regularly. What a delight! I had been
looking for something new and exciting, something truly effective in helping people, and know I had found
it with a gentleman psychologist who lived and working in the luxury of a desert. This was a whole new
dimension in understanding and treating psychological problems. I was inspired once again.
But Im getting away from my original story. Shortly after contacting Dr. Callahan, I learned more about
treating addictive urges. I saw my client with the optiod problem and treated her again with more detailed
Callahan Techniques. By this time I understood more about treatment points, psychological reversal, etc.
Easily we were able to alleviate addictive urges within moments. She was equipped to treat herself at will.
I felt quite happy about this.
10
Then one day she returned to the offce for a session and I asked her process. She reported that she
was still using drugs at times. Amazed, I asked if perhaps the tapping technique was not helping. Her
response: Oh I dont use IT all the time; IT WORKS! Initially I couldnt believe my ears. But then
it all made sense. There is an elusive obvious difference between addiction and addictive urge. As Dr.
Callahan rightly elucidates, there is seldom a psychological reversal for alleviating an addictive urge. Not
so with addiction, which is a more pervasive process. It makes good phenomenological sense. Of course
the addicted person wants to get rid of the urge; thats why he/she takes the drug. The drug alleviates the
urge. The urge is the anxiety, the somatic manifestation of specifc perturbations in the thought feld. But
after the urge is settled, there is something else present: the effects of the drug itself. This includes the
high, the camaraderie, and certainly the self sabotage (to mention a few). A pervasive psychological
reversal is often present in conjunction with a wide array of issues or holons in need of treatment.
Weve always known that addiction has many facets, momentarily I had overlooked this point in my
fervor to neutralize one of its components, the urge. The beauty of TFT, however, is that it assists the
therapist in clearly mapping out the various components of a problem, while providing a precision tech-
nology for unraveling and alleviating the energy confguration at the core of each of the facets of addic-
tion. Another beauty of TFT, especially when working with one of its diagnostic methods, is that if we
start with treating the urge and have enough good sense to stay with the program even after the urge has
disappeared, other layers of the problem will present themselves for treatment in logical order. Its like
a cafeteria tray dispenser; after you take the top one off, the next one in line pops right up. How much
more simple could it be? How much simpler could nature have made it? As Sir Francis Bacon stated,
Nature, to be commanded, must be obeyed.
11
Addictive Urges and the Anxiety / Addiction Connection
Dr. Callahan, in his book, The Anxiety Addiction Connection: Eliminate your Addictive Urges with TFT
(1995), explained that the growing problem of addiction is due to the prevalence of the problem of anxiety.
He proposed that all addictions are attempts to reduce anxiety, although the addictive substances and behav-
iors actually only serve to mask the anxiety and do nothing to eliminate it.
Therefore, addiction is tied to anxiety as an associated response. In fact, it is often the only conscious
response. The anxiety itself is apparently out of the addicts awareness. Rather than consciously feeling the
anxiety, the person becomes aware of a craving for the addictive substance (or behavior).
It is important to teach clients to use the algorithms for anxiety on their own. When clients are experienc-
ing anxiety, they can eliminate or dramatically reduce it within two or three minutes. Imagine the benefts!
In fact, dont just imagine them. Experience them! The best way for you to realize how important this can be
for your clients is to use it yourself. Anytime you feel anxious about anything, treat it, and notice how much
more smoothly your life goes. You may notice health benefts and an improved quality of life, as well.
The Trouble with Repression
Anxiety is so pervasive in our society that people are often not overtly aware of experiencing it. Many
times, it manifests instead as a reluctance to do something. In this case, you can target the clients degree of
reluctance and get a SUD level specifcally for the degree of reluctance. For example, you can target your
clients degree of reluctance to search for a job, although he/she may not actually consciously feel anxious
about looking.
Often, people will not experience anxiety but will instead be aware of an urge to use an addictive sub-
stance or engage in an addictive behavior. For example, have you ever felt like you needed a drink or a piece
of chocolate at the end of an especially stressful day? In these cases, by targeting the urge, you are targeting
the underlying anxiety, as well. You can tap for the stress of the day.
When a person has intense anxiety, this sets in motion a search for a tranquilizer to mask the anxiety. The
usual addictive substances generally are good masking agents for awhile. Whether treating for addiction or
anxiety, the algorithms are consistently the same for both. Dr. Callahan has found that the TFT algorithm
for simple anxiety (e, a, c, using the Protocol) is also extremely effective in eliminating the addictive urge,
regardless of the addictive substance.
When treating addictive urges with TFT, we regularly observe an interesting phenomenon. It is often
the case that people are willing and eager to be treated with TFT so that their addictive urge will go away;
however, they are usually psychologically reversed when it comes to giving up the addictive substance (i.e.,
cigarettes, chocolate, etc.) permanently. In other words, they may sabotage themselves when it comes to the
desirable long-term result of giving up altogether the substance to which they are addicted. While they are
motivated to get rid of the anxiety beneath their addiction by using TFT, they may not be as willing to let go
of the substance that they have been using to alleviate that anxiety.
When you have clients think about giving up the addiction itself, you will generally fnd that they will
need to have their PR corrected.
12
It is necessary for people to be actually experiencing the urge in order for it to decrease with TFT treat-
ment. When you work with a client, ask him/her to come to the session without having indulged in the
substance so that he/she is experiencing the urge.
We recommend that our addiction clients perform the reversal correction (tapping the side of hand 15
times, rubbing the sore spot, and tapping under the nose) about 15-20 times per day while thinking about
their addiction. You might suggest that they think about doing it approximately every hour. This helps keep
them out of the state of reversal or self-sabotage. They will also beneft from doing Collarbone Breathing
three times a day. You could suggest that they do it before or after each meal in order to link it with some-
thing they are already doing. As a result of staying out of reversal during the day, they will be more likely to
use the addictive urge algorithm when they need it.
VERY IMPORTANT
Continue to remind the client that it is essential to correct for PR about 15-20 times a day (side of hand,
sore spot, and under nose) and to do Collarbone Breathing three times a day in order to avoid entering into
a self-sabotaging state. If addicts are reversed, they will not treat themselves when they have an urge to
indulge.
By treating for PR consistently throughout the day and treating the urge each time it arises, clients will
fnd that the urge will begin to diminish in frequency and intensity. What is really happening is that the
perturbations for the underlying anxiety are being treated each time they treat the urge. Eventually, enough
aspects of the underlying anxiety will have been eliminated so that the addiction will no longer be necessary
to mask the anxiety.
The algorithm for addictive urge has a high success rate; however, like any other successful treatment, a
toxin can undo the cure. Addictive substances are generally Individual Energy Toxins and will tend to put
the addicted person into a state of reversal. If the client chooses to have the addictive substance, have him/
her immediately tap for reversal. Diffcult cases are best referred to a person who is trained in TFT Diagno-
sis or Voice Technology to identify toxins.
13
Algorithms for Eliminating
Addictive Urge
First Use:
( e, a, c )
Alternative Algorithms:
Collarbone, Under Eye, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( c, e, c )
Under Arm, Under Eye, Collarbone
( a, e, c )
Under Eye, Collarbone, Under Arm, Collarbone
( e, c, a, c )
Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD)
Obsessions are negative persistent ideas, thoughts, impulses, or images that repeatedly come to mind.
People who have them experience them as being intrusive or inappropriate, and they can cause anxiety or
distress. Compulsions are repetitive behaviors in which people engage in order to prevent or reduce their
anxiety or distress, often to manage obsessive thoughts. People recognize that these thoughts and behaviors
are excessive or unreasonable. They are time consuming, and they can cause impairment in ones life.
The negative and out-of-control aspects of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder make it different from normal
worries about problems in life or attempts to establish positive habits and repeat pleasurable activities. A
classic example is checking to see if the door is locked or the stove is turned off. An example of obsessions
14
and compulsions occurring together is hand washing to deal with an obsessive thought that one is being
contaminated by touching others or by touching things that have been touched by others. This condition is
different from an intrusive thought related to a traumatic stress event. Most of the time, people will tell you
that they know these things are not worth worrying about. They will say that most reasonable people would
know that they have taken adequate precautions.
Invite the person to tune into the obsessive thought that is causing the distress and rate the diffculty of
letting go of that thought or image on the SUD. Another way is to ask clients how much distress they feel
when the thought is present. If they feel an urge to carry out a compulsive behavior, have them rate that urge
on the SUD. Using the OCD algorithm will help to reduce the SUD. Once you have eliminated the symp-
toms, be sure and ask about other aspects of the problem and treat as needed (trauma, etc.). Suggest that
the person do collarbone breathing three times a day and treat for reversal 15-20 times a day (side of hand,
sore spot, and under nose). As with all chronic conditions, consider the impact of Individual Energy Toxins.
Clients will need to repeat this algorithm, as they do with the addiction algorithm.
Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
Collarbone, Under Eye, Collarbone
( c, e, c )
Under Arm, Under Eye, Collarbone
( a, e, c )
Under Eye, Under Arm, Collarbone
( e, a, c )
15
Volume 8, Issue 1
The 5 minute OCD Cure
Dr. Colin Barron
Obsessive - compulsive disorder (OCD) is a distressing condition which affects 1 in 50 of the population.
It can destroy marriages and lives and sufferers have been known to commit suicide to escape the distress
caused by the condition. Unfortunately conventional medical treatment is of little value. Drugs, merely
damp down the symptoms while cognitive behaviour therapy is virtually useless. Indeed many psycholo-
gists regard OCD as an incurable condition.
Recently I treated a patient with OCD using Voice Technology. What was astonishing about this case was
not the fact that a cure was obtained (which is often the case with VT) but that the treatment time was very
short ,measured in mere minutes.
A 57 year-old lady contacted me after hearing me talk about VT on a BBC Radio show. She had suffered
from OCD since the age of 8. This caused her to check things excessively and to count numbers repeatedly.
Her initial SUD was 10. VT diagnosis revealed two short holons, a level 2 reversal and the need for col-
larbone breathing. She was found to have a few toxins namely wheat, tomatoes, vinegar and chocolate.
At a follow- up appointment a week later she reported that she had had no recurrence of her symptoms
since the initial treatment. Her SUD was 1 and she found it hard to believe that she was now cured after
years of unsuccessful conventional therapy.
One factor that contributed to this very successful outcome was that the client agreed to avoid all toxins
totally. The short treatment time of just a few minutes was astonishing, even by the standards of VT. TFT
was once described as the Five Minute Phobia Cure. In this instance it was also the Five Minute OCD
Cure!
16
The Importance of Toxins, Personally Witnessed
Robert Grant, TFT Dx, The Thought Field, Volume 12, Issue 2
I remember having a skeptical client who was suffering from severe panic attacks, OCD and very bad
anxiety. He had tried various different forms of therapy most of which made zero difference, but he had
tried NLP, hypnosis and TFT with 3 different practitioners which had made some difference during the ses-
sions but he said shortly after leaving, the anxiety and thoughts returned.
He came to me and I used TFT to relieve his symptoms of OCD, whereby he could not stop thinking about
a time that he had entertained the thought of doing a very severe crime, although he didnt follow through.
Now a man of 34 he was sometimes suicidal and permanently anxious coupled with these OCD thoughts.
After my session with him and he left, his symptoms returned 10 minutes later. This was during my step C
training, so I called Roger and Roger said to me I bet you hes a smoker and that its a toxin for him causing
the return of his symptoms.
I asked him if he was a smoker and he confrmed Rogers suspicion. The man thought that I was mad
and said he didnt believe in the effects of toxins. But he agreed to do some VT work. I told the client not
to smoke the day of the session. I phoned Roger and began to proceed with the session. There were recur-
ring reversals and Roger went through a list of foods and washing powder to try and identify the offending
toxins. But nothing would shift the reversals. Then I suddenly noticed the clients cigarette pack in his
shirt pocket. I told Roger who instructed me to take them out the room. Immediately the reversal went and
Roger proceeded to eliminate the perturbations. At that point someone else walked into the room mid ses-
sion, he had seen the cigarette pack on the foor and brought them back into the room and placed them on
the table next to my client, without my client noticing. Immediately the reversals returned along with the
symptoms. Roger was busy talking to the client and I didnt want to interrupt, so without saying anything
I took the cigarettes out the room. When I returned seconds later. I asked the client how his symptoms
were he reported that his suds had mysteriously dropped back down. Roger then diagnosed that the rever-
sals were gone and he proceeded to bring down the suds. I then sneaked the cigarettes back into the room,
placed them near the client and asked him how he felt he said his suds had gone up again. I showed him the
cigarettes and took them away from him and the suds went down again. I then told him what had just hap-
pened. He was surprised. This man had been wasting his time in conventional therapy for over 6 years with
zero results.
The day I woke up and realized the full extent of toxins and their contribution to anxiety disorders was
when I treated a relative for fear of her car door opening whilst driving and of getting lost whilst driving.
She reported a constant feeling of anxiety in the pit of her stomach, ALL and I mean literally ALL the time
(I have found this to be an almost sure sign of toxins, unless there is an imminent danger looming e.g. being
attacked or something of that nature). I wasnt aware of this at that point. So I ignored the permanent anxi-
ety and toxins and instead with a great struggle brought down the Suds for her fear of driving an etc. The
suds only came down half a point at a time (Roger told me this was an indicator of toxins). With her suds at
a zero I went home leaving my relative happy.
17
Two days later I got a visit from my relative. I opened the door and she was sobbing hysterically. She
said she had just had a panic attack whilst in the car park of her local shopping center terrifed that she
would get lost in the new car park wing.
The frst thing I noticed after she walked in was a very powerful smell of her husbands aftershave. I
asked her husband to wait in the lounge and took her into the garden.
Immediately her SUD dropped to a 3. I brought her into the living room to test my suspicion that it was
the aftershave. (I didnt tell her my theory yet). In and out of the room 4 times, each time the suds would
come back up to an 8 or 9 when she went near her husband. I then realized that the toxin really was caus-
ing problems. I took her outside treated her for breathing the toxin and immediately she was calm. I got her
husband to wash off his aftershave and they both went home smiling. He doesnt wear aftershave anymore
near her. Her doctor told her that an overly sensitive sense of smell is a possible indicator of liver toxicity.
She was recently diagnosed with liver problems.
People really underestimate Rogers work regarding the HUGE role of toxins contributing to so so so
many unnecessary illnesses today. I have now personally witnessed recoveries from cancer in three cases by
identifying toxins and eliminating them from the diet.
Rogers discovery of reversal is so very important with relation to toxins because it makes the accuracy
of diagnosing the toxins so high as opposed to those in the kinesiology world who choose to ignore this and
come up with a high margin of error from ignoring reversals.
Toxins can and do KILL people. Eliminating a toxin in ill people can literally save a life if its caught
early enough.
One client of mine had suffered from severe depression for three years after having prostate surgery and
losing his business. He had been in conventional therapy for 3 years and had many times contemplated sui-
cide. I was his last resort. After 7 sessions of trying everything I had ever learnt from TFT to NLP, Hypno-
sis, Life Coaching nothing at all worked. I was about to give up and decided to contact one of our UK VT
practitioners for some VT toxin diagnosis. He told my client to get rid of his laundry powder and change
it. I got a call from the client a week later and he said he was fne no more depression gone just suddenly.
I asked him what changed if he had started a new business perhaps. No he said, nothing changed. I asked
him if he changed his washing powder he said he didnt know as his wife does the washing. He asked her
and she had changed the washing powder 4 days after our session. That day his depression just disappeared.
3 years later he is still symptom free and tells everyone he knows to try TFT as a choice of treatment.
18
Child Molester Treated with TFT
J. Schleimer, MD, Psychiatrist, Neurologist, The Thought Field, Volume 10, Issue 2
When the Treatment started, my patient was 29 years of age. He has been working as a Chief Controller
in a big company and was married just 4 months ago. He reported that his problem started in 1998, without
any relation to events at the time, he felt the urge to expose himself to others by showing his private parts.
This behavior had no legal consequences at the time.
Then he started cruising in his car in the daylight and driving to nearby schools (especially girls schools)
or playgrounds and masturbating. This gave him an additional sexual thrill because of the possibility of be-
ing discovered by others.
A lawsuit was opened against him when the father of one of the molested girls went to the police. Be-
cause of Germanys comparatively liberal laws the lawsuit was played down and no legal consequences took
place.
Nevertheless, he suffered from his problem and contacted a psychotherapist who treated him with behav-
ior therapy for about a year and a half. Then it started again.
He reported that he felt physically well. His sexual performance being extraordinary but he suffered from
oligospermia (defciency of sperm in the semen). The reason for this dysfunction is not etiologically clear.
Otherwise, he had not been ill for a long time.
The treatment started in the spring of 2002. First remedies were administered but nothing really remark-
able happened.
To discover the history of his problem I started hypnoanalysis using Transforming Therapy of Boyne.
It revealed only that he was sexually immature and that he discovered his fathers pornographic literature
when very young. But nothing of therapeutic value came of it.
Meanwhile, another incident had taken place and an especially ambitious female district attorney had de-
cided to fght it out. It happened at the time I started to use TFT in my practice.
The TFT treatment started on March 3rd, 2004. Using causal diagnosis the following sequence was
revealed and applied: c, e, c, oe, if, 9g, sq. This treatment reduced his obsession and craving to engage his
perversion from a SUD of 9 to 1, within a few minutes.
On April 23rd he reported that he had repeated the treatment I found for him and he felt no further urge at
all. He stopped treatment for about a month while training for the Munich marathon.
On June 3rd he reported the urge suddenly getting stronger. This time the following sequence showed on
causal diagnosis - eb, e, if, G, oe, 9G, sq.
Up to now, June 24, the urge to expose himself has not returned. Only one treatment was necessary
to relieve him from the stress of the threatening trial. The SUD was 8 being reduced to 1 by eb, e, a, c, tf, c,
9G, SQ.
19
TFT Treatments for Body Image
Robert Gairing, PhD., TFTdx, The Thought Field, Volume 10, Issue 1
Here are two cases that I found interesting and the fact that I was able to help them substantially was most
gratifying. The frst involves a gentleman who had stomach reduction surgery due to obesity with its related
health issues. He explicitly told me that he was not interested in body image or in improved energy. The
surgery was extremely successful in that he lost an enormous amount of weight, which was clearly visible
even in just his face, and he was not at all disgruntled with the necessary restrictions. However, he did not
feel any better in terms of increased energy and more surprising, he thought that there was no improvement
in his appearance. In fact, he typically became angry when someone complimented him on his improved
looks.
Having treated several anorexic clients, I was familiar with how intractable such delusions can be. How-
ever, I was not dismayed by this one recalling Dr. Callahan telling us somewhere that delusions could be
eliminated via TFT-Dx procedures. If memory serves, he mentioned that regarding an anorexic client. Any-
way, there were more pressing problems in this gentlemans presentation, so I took off on toxin detection
and elimination as the wisest initial move. He was highly motivated making toxin elimination very success-
ful. Finally, at the third meeting, I decided to launch into that delusion. At that juncture, I had an insight:
examine him for pr in this area. While he was not globally pr, pr was hiding out in the sentence, I have lost
a lot of weight. weak and I am as fat as ever. strong. This was readily corrected. Next I took him
into the mens room where there was a large mirror. I had him stand in front of it and acknowledge that he
had in fact lost weight and looked it. In approximately 30 minutes, I retested the two sentences to make sure
the correction held; it did. The following week the correction was still in place and he reported the in vivo
experience of being complimented by someone and genuinely receiving it graciously, i.e., without hostility.
To date correcting the pr was all the treatment required. He reported an additional beneft as a result of a
hike he took, which he readily acknowledged he could not have done at his previous weight.
My next case was a woman, who had undergone a double mastectomy approximately a decade ago. I
have forgotten the specifcs, but the prosthesis or substance used for reconstruction was not as natural as
is used today. The net result of this was that she felt alienated from her breasts and could not image any-
one fnding her attractive in the nude because of them. This consciousness became exacerbated as she was
facing a divorce and could not imagine a new partner fnding her attractive. This was not her initial pre-
sentation, but as our relationship developed across two or so sessions she disclosed it. Using our TFTDx
procedures, I took off on this with her enthusiastic cooperation and within a few minutes we had eliminated
the feeling associated with her breasts. Of course, the ultimate test was to occur that evening when she
disrobed prior to retiring for the night. At the next session, it was so wonderful to hear her tell me that see-
ing herself that night confrmed that the feeling was gone and that her breasts felt warm.
After 30 years of clinical work, TFT is enabling me to realize a dream that I have help since my doctoral
studies in 1974: to be able to heal people quickly and completely with precision and extraordinary effcacy.
Thank you, Dr. Callahan, for this marvelous therapy. I cannot imagine how painstaking its development
must have been.
20
Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD)
Obsessions are negative persistent ideas, thoughts, impulses, or images that repeatedly come to mind.
People who have them experience them as being intrusive or inappropriate, and they can cause anxiety or
distress. Compulsions are repetitive behaviors in which people engage in order to prevent or reduce their
anxiety or distress, often to manage obsessive thoughts. People recognize that these thoughts and behaviors
are excessive or unreasonable. They are time consuming, and they can cause impairment in ones life.
The negative and out-of-control aspects of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder make it different from normal
worries about problems in life or attempts to establish positive habits and repeat pleasurable activities. A
classic example is checking to see if the door is locked or the stove is turned off. An example of obsessions
and compulsions occurring together is hand washing to deal with an obsessive thought that one is being
contaminated by touching others or by touching things that have been touched by others. This condition is
different from an intrusive thought related to a traumatic stress event. Most of the time, people will tell you
that they know these things are not worth worrying about. They will say that most reasonable people would
know that they have taken adequate precautions.
Invite the person to tune into the obsessive thought that is causing the distress and rate the diffculty of
letting go of that thought or image on the SUD. Another way is to ask clients how much distress they feel
when the thought is present. If they feel an urge to carry out a compulsive behavior, have them rate that urge
on the SUD. Using the OCD algorithm will help to reduce the SUD. Once you have eliminated the symp-
toms, be sure and ask about other aspects of the problem and treat as needed (trauma, etc.). Suggest that
the person do collarbone breathing three times a day and treat for reversal 15-20 times a day (side of hand,
sore spot, and under nose). As with all chronic conditions, consider the impact of Individual Energy Toxins.
Clients will need to repeat this algorithm, as they do with the addiction algorithm.
21
Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
Collarbone, Under Eye, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( c, e, c )
Under Arm, Under Eye, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( a, e, c )
( e, a, c )
Program Outline
Week 7: Application Miscellaneous
1. Physical pain handout
Thought Field Therapy and Pain study, Vol. 11, Iss. 2, The Thought Field handout
2. Depression handout
Depression, Grief and Heart Rate Variability article, Vol. 5, Iss. 1, The Thought Field
Objective Evidence of the Superiority of TFT in Eliminating Depression
3. Shame handout
4. Embarrassment handout
5. Jet lag handout
6. Visualization and peak performance handout
Visualization Made Easy article
7. Research handout of study demonstrating many of the problems discussed in
weeks 1-7, Thought Field Therapy Clinical Applications
1
2
Physical Pain
TFT can only be successful in clearing inappropriate pain. Pain arising from actual injury or illness can-
not be resolved, as this is the bodys warning mechanism. For example, the pain that arthritics feel when
sitting quietly in a chair can usually be reduced or eliminated; however, the pain that they feel when moving
may be reduced slightly but may not be able to be eliminated, as actual damage to the joints is occurring.
Clients should have consulted their General Practitioner prior to working with you in order to have their
pain and its origin assessed. Functional pain, such as pain caused by a broken arm or appendicitis, will gen-
erally not go away. If you happen to be working with a client before he/she has consulted a GP and the pain
will not go away, the client should defnitely consult a doctor.
Researchers at Oxford University in the United Kingdom (Plonghaus et al., 1999) have found that the
anxiety caused by the anticipation or experience of pain makes the perceived level of pain much worse.
Therefore, it is good practice to treat the client for the past trauma of the pain experience before using the
pain algorithm itself. An initial thought feld could be elicited by asking the client to think about the dis-
tress the pain has caused.
When the pain was caused by a trauma, it is necessary to treat the trauma frst. Have the client think about
the trauma and tap for that.
At times, the pain may move to a new place. Ask for the SUD for the new place, and treat that. After doing
so, ask the client about the places where the pain was previously located in order to make sure that they, too,
have diminished.
While SUDs of 0 or 1 can be obtained for thought felds such as trauma, when working with pain, the
treatment has to go through the body. As a result, inertial delay can occur, in which the SUD goes down, but
it doesnt go down to 0 (on an 11-point scale) or 1 (on a 10-point scale). If the pain does not come down to
a 0 or a 1 during the treatment, let the client know that the pain will probably diminish in the next 2 hours to
24 hours. Be sure that you have treated for all levels of reversal. Toxins can also cause inertial delay.
Plonghaus, A., Tracey, I., Gati, J. S., Clare, S., Menon, R. S., Matthews, P. M., & Rawlins, J. N. (1999).
Dissociating pain from its anticipation in the human brain. Science, 284(5422), 1979-81.
Physical Pain Algorithm
Gamut Spot (50 times), Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( g50, c )
3
Volume 11, Issue 2
Thought Field Therapy and Pain
Robert Pasahow, PhD
Diplomate, American Board of Medical Psychologists
Director, Affiliates in Psychotherapy
Chronic pain is such a prevalent problem that a sub-specialty for anesthesiologists, Pain Management, is
a relatively new development in medicine. Multi-disciplinary professionals have worked on the deleteri-
ous effects of pain; it is now being reconsidered as a disease in and of itself. (Basebaum, A.,1998; Cousins,
M.J., 1999; Leibeskind, J.C., 1991).
I have used numerous psychological techniques in working with chronic pain patients, a large part of my
patient population. Thought Field Therapy (TFTdx) is one of a number of procedures that I have used to
help people with the psychological diffculties posed by chronic pain. TFTdx has decreased patients frus-
tration about their pain, their sense of helplessness, and depression in reaction to or part of the chronic pain
syndrome. When communicating these results to a fellow TFTdx clinician, he suggested that I treat the
pain directly. My frst reaction was to think that this is not possible since pain is largely organically based.
However, since I have been pleasantly surprised in the effectiveness of TFTdx for other problems, I decided
to try to use it to reduce pain.
My frst treatment was with a ffty-fve year old obese woman who suffered from bilateral carpal tunnel
syndrome. Braces were always on both wrists. Physical therapy only provided slight and temporary relief.
The TFTdx treatment went smoothly. To the surprise of all, her pain went from a 6 down to a 0.
During the next two years, I continued to use TFTdx to try to reduce patients pain. The vast majority of
patients received temporary relief with one TFTdx treatment session. The results were suffciently impres-
sive that I thought a study should be conducted on the effectiveness of TFTdx in relieving muscular, skel-
etal, nerve, and spinal pain.
Subjects (Patients): The next twelve patients from my practice suffering from pain became the subjects of
this study. There were seven females and fve males. The age range was twenty-eight to sixty-six years of
age. Seven were injured in an automobile accident. Collectively, they had received treatment from family
physicians, physiatrists, anesthesiologist-pain management physician, neurologists, neurosurgeons, and
chiropractic doctors. Most have received physical therapy and almost all have received pain related medica-
tion at some point in time. Two had prior surgery in the lumbar region, one had prior surgery in the cervical
area, and one patient had surgery in both areas. Diagnoses included herniated, bulging and ruptured discs,
stenosis, carpal tunnel syndrome, radiculopathy, pinched nerves, and muscular strain/sprain syndromes.
Procedure: Once starting the study, the next twelve pain patients who came in with a disturbing level of
pain were offered the opportunity to have TFTdx treatment to attempt to reduce pain. The procedure was
explained to them, especially since the therapy would not have face validity as being the treatment to likely
reduce pain. All twelve subjects
gave their informed consent. Ratings of pain levels were done before and after the patient received TFT-
4
dx. To determine the duration of the pain relief, all those who experienced relief were instructed to record
when their pain increased to a disturbing level. A rating of their overall pain levels was obtained at the
patients next session, which generally was one or two weeks after the TFTdx treatment was administered.
Results: Table 1 lists all 12 subjects pain levels before and after the TFTdx. Pain level were rated from
0 10. The last column in table 1 represents the degree (or percent) of pain relief from TFTdx. Percent
of pain relief was calculated by a fraction. The numerator was the pain rating before TFTdx subtracted by
the pain rating after having TFTdx. The numerator was then divided by the patients pain rating before
receiving TFTdx. For example, subject #3s pain relief was 8-1 = 7. Thus, the fraction was 7/8 = 87.5%
pain relief. Note that nine had complete relief reporting no pain after TFTdx. Two did not experience any
improvement at all, and one almost had complete pain relief from TFTdx. In grouping the data, the average
pain reduction was 82% (SD=39%).
TABLE 1
PAIN LEVELS BEFORE AND AFTER TFTdx TREATMENT
Patient Pain Level Before TFTdx Pain Level After TFTdx % of Pain Relief
1 7 0 100
2 6.5 0 100
3 8 1 88
4 6 0 100
5 6 6 0
6 5 0 100
7 9.5 0 100
8 8 0 100
9 8.5 0 100
10 8 0 100
11 8 0 100
12 8 8 0
Patients who had pain relief were asked to note when the pain increased by at least a moderate degree.
Although not a perfect measure, data regarding the duration of pain relief was obtained. TFTdx engendered
pain relief that lasted from 4 96 hours for the ten patients who experienced pain relief from TFTdx. The
average duration of the pain relief was 33.2 hours (SD = 37.3 hours).
Patients were seen for their normal therapy sessions approximately one to two weeks later. Pain levels on
the same 0-10 scale were obtained. Ten of these patients were seen
six to eight days later and two were seen fourteen days later. Of the ten patients that I saw six to eight
days later, two had not experienced any pain relief immediately after the TFTdx. They also did not experi-
ence any lower pain levels when seen in the follow-up session. They are included in the following data.
The degree (or percent) of pain relief the patients were experiencing six to eight days later was calculated
as was done in the last column in Table 1. A fraction was made where the numerator was: the patients
pain level before TFTdx, subtracted by the pain level at their next visit with me. This numerator was then
divided by the initial pain level before receiving the TFTdx. For instance, one patients pain level before
5
TFTdx was 8. One week later the pain level was reported to be at 6. Thus, the percent of pain reduction
experienced one week later could be calculated: 8-6 /8 = 25% lower pain level. Even including the two un-
responsive patients, follow-up pain levels were 30% less (SD = 29%). The large standard deviation refects
the varying amounts of pain alleviation experienced one week later by these patients.
Two patients were not seen until two weeks later. Both had experienced substantial pain reduction imme-
diately following TFTdx. These two patients were reporting pain levels that were 49% less (SD = 16%) two
weeks after having received TFTdx.
Discussion: TFTdx reduced muscular-skeletal, nerve, and spinal pain in ten of twelve patients treated in
an outpatient psychology private practice. Acomparison of pre and post pain rating showed an 82% reduc-
tion in patients pain ratings immediately after the procedure was administered. Ten of the twelve patients
had complete pain reductions immediately after the procedure, experiencing pain relief of 88% or greater.
The other two patients had no pain reduction.

It was impressive to patients and myself that ten experienced pain relief, especially since the procedure of
TFTdx does not appear to logically have pain reduction properties. It is not consistent with other conven-
tional medical and chiropractic treatment methods. There is nothing like the application of electric stimula-
tion, ultrasound, exercises, and spinal adjustments. Furthermore, the TFTdx treatment generally does not
elicit expectations of pain relief and yet it occurred in ten of the twelve patients treated. Two patients did
not experience pain relief. For these two patients, massive and/or polarity reversals could not be corrected .
Four others had similar energy reversals that were helped by oral neutralization to ultimately be effective. I
was not aware of the toxin neutralization technique when treating this patient population.
To be able to relieve pain is important, but the duration of the analgesic effect is also paramount to the
patient. For those who had pain relief, instructions were given for them to notice when the pain signif-
cantly increased. TFTdx resulted in relatively long pain reductions for some (20-96 hours) and lost its effect
within six hours for others. The average duration of pain relief for the ten patients who experienced pain
reduction from
TFT and Pain
TFTdx equals 33.2 hours (SD = 35.41 hours). TFTdx obviously provided longer relief than what patients
experienced from pain medications.
Even with including the two patients who did not experience relief after TFTdx and who continued not to
have any lower pain levels, the ten patients who saw me 6-8 days later reported a pain reduction of 30% (SD
= 29%). Only two of the twelve patients were seen at follow-up two weeks later. Their pain levels were
decreased an average of 49% (SD = 16%).
Although most patients complained of pain at multiple sites, all reported having lower back pain. Any
method that would help lower back pain would be helpful given this disorder occurs in four of fve people
during their lifetime, is a most frequent cause of disability for workers aged nineteen to forty-fve, and is the
second most common cause of missed work days. Anumber of these patients not only had muscular-skele-
tal injuries, but had spinal injuries (herniation, herniated and bulging disc). Information from their medical
reports is illustrative. For instance, a sixty-fve year old woman had a seven year history of active treatment
for her pain. Herniations were noted at the L5-S1, L3-4, and L4-5 levels. Two different pain management-
6
anesthesiologists collectively had previously administered injections in her cervical and lumbar region
about ten different times. She was patient #6 and experienced a reduction of pain of 5-0 that lasted for four
hours. A forty-four year old man had been in two car accidents since 1995. Radiology studies indicated
scattered degenerative changes of the cervical spine are noted with more severe focal changes seen at C3-4
and C5-6. At C3-4, spurring is noted predominantly in the left lateral recess. AT C5-6, spurring is noted
predominantly centrally and to the left. A tiny herniation to the right of midline is present as well at C6-7
At L3-4, a bulging annulus has combined with facet and ligamentous hypertrophy to cause a slight spinal
stenosis. His neurosurgeon writes that he was involved in a second motor vehicle accident in August of
1996, in which he had worsening of his symptomatology, as well as changes in the workup, consisting of a
disc herniation at the C5-6 level. This was complicated by the development of cervical radiculopathy sec-
ondary to disc herniation at that level, for which the patient was managed with surgery. This patient had a
pre-TFTdx pain level of 8 which turned into a 0 and he had pain relief last for six hours. A thirty-eight year
old man received TFTdx after he had cervical and lumbar surgery. His orthopedic diagnosed him as post-
traumatic cervical sprain and strain with herniated nucleus pulposus at C3-4, C4-C5 and C6-C7, with right
upper radicular symptomsPosttraumatic lumbosacral sprain and strain with herniated nucleus pulposus at
L5-S1 with left lower radicular symptoms. An MRI of his lumbar spine showed broad disc herniation at
L5-S1, which has combined with facet/ligamentous hypertrophy to cause a mild spinal stenosis. He had an
initial pain rating of 8 which TFTdx brought to a 1 and this relief lasted four hours. These are three of the
twelve patients in this study and indicate that serious spinal injuries were involved.
These were the more seriously injured patients. Less injured patients had reported pain relief of 96 hours
following TFTdx.
The nature of the treated patients makes these fndings that much more interesting. Seven of the patients
were involved in a lawsuit against a negligent party whose actions
caused their injuries. If a bias exists for these litigants, one would wonder what their likely response
would be to TFTdx. It would likely be to not exaggerate that TFTdx works. How would their legal case
about their injuries appear if this unusual procedure that does not appear to directly treat their injuries ends
up reducing their pain? How serious would their injuries appear to be to others? Not very severe. On the
other hand, it would be hypothesized that the bias would be to resist the pain reduction as that would make
the injuries seem more serious and treatment resistant. More severe injuries generally lead to higher mon-
etary settlements. However, my distinct impression was that these patients were accurate in their verbal
reports and in their muscle testing. All were interested to see if a different procedure might help in their
struggle against pain.
There was no control group utilized to assess for placebo effects. That would be unethical in a clinical
private practice population. This study clearly was not a double blind experiment nor even a single blind
study. However, this investigation was never intended to be that, but to be a systematic collection of data on
the effects of the TFTdx treatment on reducing pain. Since numerous patients have responded to this treat-
ment before, the study was attempting to collect data on patients in a clinical setting.
Future research is needed by clinicians in the areas that TFTdx have been helpful. Reports on the useful-
ness of TFTdx on one person have been the predominant type of article published in The Thought Field.
Greater acceptance of TFTdx into general health care will be facilitated by research. Although this study
does not adhere to strict research design requirements, a collection of similar studies may eventually interest
researchers to examine TFTdxs usefulness for pain management in a systematic manner.
7
Comment by Dr Callahan
Dr Pasahow has carried out a very interesting and important study. My treatments for pain have been
known to be effective for about 23 years. In addition to demonstrating the power of my pain treatments Dr
Ps data shows the power of Psychological Reversal to completely block otherwise effective treatments from
working. Dr P wisely notes that he was unfamiliar with my toxin corrective treatments at this time and with
the addition of these treatments it is likely that all of the patients might have been helped. In addition, the
duration of the treatments can be extended with my toxin treatments (see the chapter Cure and Time from
Stop the Nightmares of Trauma, for an explanation). For students of TFT it will be interesting to note that
HRV results lend strong support Dr Ps fndings (see Callahan, R and Sakai et al in J Clinical Psychology,
Oct, 2001). Also, see Dr McKoys comment over a decade ago: When I observe a number of suffering
patients who did not respond to our usual treatment modalities, suddenly get better after TFT treatments
are given, I dont need a double-blind controlled study to tell me the value of Callahan Techniques TFT.
James McKoy, MD
Chief, Pain Clinic, Chief, Rheumatology Service,Assistant Chief, Neuroscience Department
Kaiser Permanente.
8
Depression
Always address issues of depression with great care, especially if the client has a
history of:
self-injury
suicide attempts
alcohol or drug use
mania
In every case, the client must have consulted his/her General Practitioner (GP) frst, and all cases must be
monitored carefully and regularly, with referral back to the GP, as required.
Numerous things can cause depression, and numerous thought felds may need to be treated. I am not
worthy is a different thought feld from I dont have any money for the holidays, etc. Traumas can of-
ten be associated with depression. Individual Energy Toxins are also often involved. Again, persistence is
the key. Be sure and provide your client with the appropriate algorithms to use at home when depressing
thoughts surface.
IMPORTANTWhen the depression shifts, anger and/or rage that the client may have been suppressing
may surface. This can be treated using the anger and/or rage algorithms.
Clients with complex problems such as depression or anxiety may become discouraged that they did the
tapping and are still depressed / anxious / angry. Be sure and remind them of the different thought felds
involved, as well as the Tooth/Shoe/Lump principle. At each session, it is important to check what you
worked on in the previous session. Usually, the client will have noticed a subtle but distinct shift in that par-
ticular aspect, and another thought feld will have bothered the client this week. Then, you can treat that.
RememberBe patient, and help clients to be realistic about the changes that they can expect!
Depression Algorithm
Gamut Spot (50 times), Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( g50, c )
9
Volume 5, Issue 1
Depression, Grief, and Heart Rate Variability
By Howard Hagglund, MD
Part I Depression and Heart Rate Variability
I am a family practitioner in Norman, Oklahoma. I have been using the Callahan Techniques for about
six months. I was at the causal diagnosis training seminar in June of 1999 and something interesting hap-
pened.
I have been very much involved in all the alternative therapies but as far as getting my own self well, it
has never been a top priority. Indeed, I had a lot of despair about it. I volunteered to be treated using the
Heart Rate Variability (HRV) Scanner along with the procedure so the effect of the Callahan treatment could
be evaluated by this measurement.
What I had to confess to is that I had a lot of despair and a lot of depression because I never thought I
would fnd a way that would make me well. Everybody else could be well, but not me. My HRV report
refected my poor status.
Dr. Callahan treated me and in less than fve minutes, my depression of over seven years was gone and I
had a bright outlook almost beyond belief. My HRV chart refected this change. It was amazing.
Part II Extreme Grief
I am particularly interested in having others know about the treatment for my own grief reaction that fol-
lowed a terrible tragedy. While at the advanced seminar, I learned of my daughters sudden and unexpected
death. This was my oldest daughter, obviously my pride and joy. We have walked together four nights a
week for fve or six years. She was a stunning individual. We had been soul mates for quite a long time.
She had suffered from chronic connective tissue disease, etc. but died suddenly while I was at the confer-
ence. I was devastated.
I wanted to feel the pain and stand into it and was surprised when I spoke with Roger and he told me that
it was not necessary to experience such suffering. But he spoke to me most reassuredly that I wouldnt have
to endure that degree of suffering and it was not part of the therapy to suffer (as it so often is in conventional
therapies).
I began working with Roger with the Voice Technology and there were eight or ten issues we covered
in that frst post trauma session. We covered these particularly upsetting issues and to my surprise all of
that intense pain was wiped down to just sweet memories and an enormous amount of compassion. I did
a whole turn around on my approach to Anns death. Because she is gone now, she doesnt have to suffer
anymore from all the physiologic problems that she had. Believe me, I am not just using that thought so I
can make all the pain and sadness go away. It really doesnt work during those lonely long nights. What I
did fnd was that all of the thoughts that we worked on were safe from that time on. Now to show you that
for each level of the loss of a child like this, unless I know what it is and that it has been treated can still be
very painful. One example is the lady who sold her a horse last year had some photos of her and asked if I
10
wanted them. Of course I did it was a treasure beyond belief. On seeing them it was like being stabbed in
the heart.
I called Roger immediately and the VT eliminated all traces of pain within minutes. What I am fnding is
that each aspect of a loss, or thought feld has its own specifc problems (or perturbations) and they need to
be treated in turn. If these aspects are treated they become compassionate memories within minutes instead
of a devastating arrow right in the center of my heart.
I am also aware that the most compassionate advice I get from friends and professional colleagues who
are unfamiliar with TFT all say to go into my pain, feel it, and that it will take a year. Well, I found that it
doesnt take a year. It can take only minutes, in fact. At times I wonder, Maybe I am not being loyal as I
should to my own daughters death and to her loss, and yet, at the same time, I really believe that people suf-
fer way too long because they have not been exposed to TFT. I offer this in compassion and truth. I know
that it goes against the common philosophy of the day. I know that people who offer you these compassion-
ate bits of advice about the necessity of suffering over time, are very well meaning. But, I am here stand-
ing in a position to say that I see no need, and no desire to continue to have such pains eating away at me,
especially when all of this, I mean all of this, is so easily treated.
Anyone who would care to discuss this may get touch with me. I am on the web at www.doctortalk. I am
certainly up for as is Roger and the other practitioners to have you understand this. What a gift to human-
ity that we could pass through this life, taking a course of caring deeply for whatever treasures you would
without having to suffer intensely for years at the loss of such precious irreplaceable treasures.
11
Objective Evidence of the Superiority of TFT
In Eliminating Depression
by
Roger J. Callahan, PhD
Experts in the feld of Heart Rate Variability (HRV) present evidence that it is an objective, reliable,
placebo-free measure. It is, I believe, the very best measure to assess the effects of psychotherapy as well
as other treatments. Although many have not heard of HRV, interest is growing. The October issue of The
American Psychologist featured an ad on the back cover for HRV.
Our work with HRV demonstrates that we can make improvements never before dreamed possible in this
objective and placebo-free measure. Since HRV is the best predictor of mortality, and an index of general
health, it is very important to be able to improve poor HRV scores.
The most stable score in HRV, and the measure of variability itself, is what is called SDNN (standard de-
viation of normal to normal intervals). SDNN is the score used to predict mortality.
Nolan and others (see below) carried out a very elaborate study on predicting death with various medical
indices. They found: A reduction of SDNN was the most powerful predictor of the risk of death due
to progressive heart failure and (SDNN) is a better predictor of death than other conventional
clinical measurements. Many others report the same fnding.
Within a few years, as more people become aware of the importance of HRV measurements for health,
and the fact that dramatic improvement is possible with TFT, HRV will likely become far more common in
homes than blood pressure machines.
As far as we can determine, in our reviews of the literature, no one has ever made the kind of dramatic im-
provements in SDNN that we are able to make. Here are some examples of positive improvements in SDNN
in the literature:
quitting smoking, which is known to contribute greatly to health, improves SDNN, over time,
by about 20%
exercising for six months or more, another very positive health contributor, increases SDNN by
about the same amount
These are very good improvements in SDNN. Almost all drugs have a negative effect on SDNN. Typical
SDNN improvements after TFT are greater than those obtained by exercising for six months or after quit-
ting smoking! This suggests that successful TFT is accomplishing something very deep, very powerful, and
biologically restorative.
In our fles we have SDNN scores that verify the astonishing power of TFT. It is not unusual to get im-
provements in SDNN, within minutes, much greater than 20%
12
It is a highly desirable goal to improve SDNN so that people may have a better chance to live a longer and
a more enjoyable life. A growing number of psychotherapists are using HRV but it is rare to fnd a report on
SDNN changes. This may be due to the fact it is very diffcult to improve SDNN since it is a highly stable
score. We fnally found in the literature a report that actually gives some SDNN scores obtained by a con-
ventional psychotherapy. This information gives us a basis to compare results of TFT with cognitive-behav-
ioral therapy (CBT), a widely accepted psychotherapy. I was a pioneer in CBT many years before it became
accepted.
Carney and others (see below) give a report on CBT in the treatment of depression for patients with heart
disorders. [We can improve SDNN in heart patients and this will be the subject of a future report.] They
used HRV in the study and reported various HRV scores including SDNN. It is known in cardiology re-
search that depression can be especially dangerous for patients who suffer from heart disorders and this is
one reason why work in this area is so very important.
As a result of up to 16 CBT therapy sessions the patients report some improvements on a questionnaire
and on one measure of HRV. However, the very stable, and diffcult to improve SDNN score did not get
better but declined somewhat after the CBT. The SDNN average for the severely depressed patients treated
with CBT in this study declined from 103.4 to 98.9 as a result of up to 16 CBT sessions. In evaluating
their results, the authors posit that perhaps severe depression does something physiologically damaging to
the person through deep negative and permanent biological change making it impossible to obtain improve-
ment in SDNN. The authors state (p645-646), It is possible that heart rate and HRV never return to normal
once there has been an episode of major depression. If correct, this information is terrible news for anyone
who ever suffered from depression. Here is a summary of the HRV results that led to this pessimistic posi-
tion.
Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy
[up to 16 treatment sessions]
Pre-therapy SDNN = 103.4
Post-therapy SDNN = 98.9
A slight worsening or decrease of 4.5%
after up to 16 CBT sessions.
TFT experience with HRV counteracts this pessimism regarding the effect of depression on HRV. We have
a growing amount of data on TFT and HRV. I selected eight cases from our fles of people who suffered
from severe depression and for whom we had pre and post-therapy SDNN scores. The pre-therapy average
SDNN was 57.5 (much worse than the CBT group average). After treatment with TFT, the average SDNN
shot up to 105.7. Such improvements in SDNN are unprecedented. It is also noted in the HRV literature that
lower SDNN scores are even more stable than higher ones and more resistant to change. In each case with
13
TFT, the depression was completely eliminated. This improvement was accomplished with only one TFT
session taking minutes rather than weeks or months.
Thought Field Therapy
Average Pre-therapy SDNN = 57.5
Average Post-therapy SDNN = 105.7
The average increase in SDNN after TFT for depression was 84%
Although further research is needed, our results are nevertheless strong and important. Our fndings are
quite contrary to the CBT pessimistic notion of permanent biological damage caused by depression. When
depressed people are treated with TFT we show that it is defnitely possible, not only to rapidly eliminate the
depression, but also to improve HRV.
We strongly urge that other scientists with HRV replicate our work with depression. I developed an algo-
rithm or recipe for the treatment of depression (Callahan and Trubo, 2001) that makes it easy for others to
explore the powerful effects of TFT.
The results of the comparison presented here between CBT and TFT strongly agree with my own pioneer-
ing experience of doing CBT for 27 years prior to my discovery of TFT 20 years ago.
References
Callahan, R and Callahan, J (2000) Stop the Nightmares of Trauma.
Chapel Hill, NC: Professional Press
Callahan, R and Trubo, R (2001) Tap the Healer Within. NY: Contemporary.
Carney, RM; Freedland, KE; Stein, PK; Skala, JA; Hoffman, P; Jaffe, AS. (2000) Change
in heart rate and heart rate variability during treatment for depression in patients
with coronary heart disease. Psychosom Med, Sept; 62,(5): 639-647
Nolan, J; Batin, Phillip; Andrews, R; Lindsay, S; Brooksby, P; Mullen, M; Baig, W;
Flapan, A; Cowley, A; Prescott, R; Neilson, J; Fox, K. (1998) Prospective
study of heart rate variability and mortality in chronic
heart failure. Circulation, 98: 1510-1516.
14
In much even most research in social and physical sciences, statistical testing is not necessary. This
is because where there are big differences between different sorts of circumstances for example, if one
medicine cures 90 patients out of 100 and the other medicine cures only 10 patients out of 100 then we do
not need refned statistical tests to tell us whether or not there really is a difference. And the best research
is that which shows big differences, because it is the big differences that really matter. If the researcher fnds
that she/he must use refned statistical tests to reveal whether there are differences, the differences do not
matter much. (p19)
Julian L. Simon
Resampling: The New Statistics
A Mini Study on Depression (excerpted from Journal of
Clinical Psychology, October, 2001; pp1257-8)
Low and hazardous HRV scores, as I documented (Callahan, a, in this issue) and as investigators have
shown, Van Hoogenhuyze et al), are among the most stable and most diffcult to improve. The Van Hoogen-
huyze et al study is illustrative for it shows the individual scores of 55 men and the exact changes in retest
may be examined. The authors comment that Heart rate variability values in the range associated with in-
creased risk of mortality showed less day-to-day variation (i.e., were more reproducible) than the high heart
rate variability values in normal subjects (my emphases). (Van Hoogenhuyze, 1996, p1672).
Lohr is quite correct in stating that other effective treatments are not cited for improving HRV. In all of
the literature we have searched on HRV, we fnd nothing that compares to the improvements in HRV gener-
ated by TFT. Please also consider the roles of mere passage of time and regression to the mean in the
recent important study done on depression with heart patients (Carney et al, 2000). Depression can be a
serious problem for heart patients. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) was administered to the patients.
The post-therapy measures of HRV were taken after up to 16 CBT sessions. The exact amount of time is not
mentioned but it takes considerably more time to do 16 CBT sessions than the minutes it takes to do TFT.
Despite this passage of time as well as the possibility of regression to the mean in this study, the SDNN got
slightly lower after 16 CBT sessions. The impact of CBT, plus the passage of time, and the regression to-
ward the mean had little or no effect on SDNN. The SDNN was so poor (minus 4.5%) after CBT treatment
as to lead the authors (after Nolan, 1998) to speculate that depression may generate a deep, permanent and
harmful biological effect on the mechanisms responsible for the variability of the heart.
To informally check the alarming idea that depression can cause permanent and irreparable biologic harm,
I looked at 8 cases of severe depression treated with TFT and for whom HRV scores were taken before and
after TFT. The average change in SDNN after TFT for depression was plus 85% compared to a minus 4%
with CBT (Callahan, 2001,c). Please note that we are not comparing the 24 hour scores used by Carney et al
to our 5 minute scores; we are comparing the % of change in SDNN as a result of treatment. Naturally, our
informal work must be repeated and we most emphatically encourage others to do this since if our results
are replicated it could have profound implications for people with depression, heart problems, and most
especially for those who have both.
15
Algorithms for
Embarrassment and Shame
Embarrassment
Under Nose (using the Protocol)
( un )
Shame
Chin (in the cleft between the chin and lower lip)
( ch )
16
Jet Lag
The feeling of disorientation as a result of fying into new time zones can be resolved by tapping the ap-
propriate algorithm every waking hour. Dont specifcally wake up during the trip, however, to tap.
Algorithms for Jet Lag
West to East:
Under Eye, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( e, c )
East To West:
Under Arm, Collarbone (using the Protocol)
( a, c )
For some people, application of the opposite treatment may be required, i.e., you may need to do the east
to west algorithm for traveling west to east. Feel free to tap both (e, c, a, c, using the Protocol). It may
be helpful to treat for reversal frst (side of hand) because often, no SUD will be evident. After you arrive at
your destination, keep tapping as long as you need to. It is also helpful to differentiate between jet lag (wak-
ing up in the middle of the night) and tiredness from not getting enough sleep on the trip.
17
Visualization for Peak Performance
In The Anxiety Addiction Connection (1995), Dr. Callahan explained that many people fnd it impossible
to visualize themselves being over their addiction or other problem. Others may report that they cannot see
themselves performing at the peak level they desire. Even if people are able to visualize other things very
well, they may have trouble visualizing their own desired state. They may say, I just cant see myself doing
it, achieving my goal, being smoke-free, avoiding toxins, etc.
He explained the following steps to help people overcome their inability to visualize being over the prob-
lem. After this treatment, clients can use positive visualization as part of a full therapy regime.
Ask the client to visualize something in detail (like an apple). Then, ask the client to visualize it in some
unrealistic situation (such as fying through the air like a bird). Then, ask the client to visualize him/herself
in an unrealistic situation (like fying through the air him/herself).
Once it has been established that the client can visualize even unrealistic things, ask him/her to visualize
him/herself indulging in the addiction, performing the dysfunctional behavior, or otherwise being involved
in the undesirable state. Usually, the client will be able to do this easily.
Then, ask the client to visualize him/herself in the desired state. Often, the client will fnd it impossible or
will be able to do so only vaguely.
Ask the client to rate the level of diffculty of visualizing the desired state on a 10-point scale, with 10 be-
ing impossible, and 1 being easy. (Feel free to use an 11-point scale, should you prefer to do so.)
While the client strives to imagine the desired state, have him/her tap the algorithm, which is:
under arm, collarbone (using the Protocol)
Follow the protocol, using the necessary PR corrections, until the client can easily visualize the desired
state and arrives at a level of 0 or 1 (extremely easy to visualize).
This algorithm has been found to be therapeutic in a range of situations, including overcoming addiction,
recovering from cancer, eliminating toxins, reaching sales quotas, eliminating toxins, breaking records in
athletics, losing weight, etc.
18
Visualization Made Easy
(step-by-step)
A person who suffers from panic, anxiety, agoraphobia, complex phobias, addictions, depression, and
many physical diseases may beneft from what is called visualization.
Studies have shown visualization to improve healing, performance and achievement in many areas of
life. The patient attempts to picture or imagine, in some detail, being over his problem. The more vividly
the scene can be pictured in the minds eye, it is believed, the more the process may contribute to a greater
degree of success in reality.
The technique has been used in the treatment of cancer patients where the patient visualized his cancer,
cancer cells, being destroyed by the warrior cells of the immune system. At the very least, this procedure
provides a patient who feels helpless, something to do toward the process of healing. At most, and there are
reports from professionals which support this idea; the immune system may even be aroused to more vigor-
ous action and the patient may even heal himself.
Visualization is frequently used in sports and there is evidence that the procedure helps the athlete perform
better after visualizing in detail, a successful performance.
The Ball Wont Go In The Basket
Many years ago, an engineer renewed my interest in visualization by presenting an interesting problem.
After we had cleared up a number of his major life problems, he said that it might sound trivial compared to
what we have been working on, but he wondered if I might be of some help in this concern of his.
He enjoyed going to the gym by himself and shooting baskets. He has been doing this for twenty years;
ever since he was in junior high school. He is terrible at it, he reports, always has been, but still enjoys the
challenge of it.
He said that in an effort to improve his rather poor skills he tried the technique of visualization. Although
he was able to visualize anything else with ease, in his visualizations attempts to shoot the baskets, the ball
just wouldnt go near the basket. He said, In my imagination, I would shoot the basket and the ball would
just go off to the side; every time! No matter how hard he tried or how often, he could not, for the life of
him, picture or imagine that ball going through the hoop. It would always bounce away from the basket;
even in his imagination!
Most people, I should add, have no problem in imagining a basketball going into a basket, or anything else
for that matter as long as there is no psychological problem involved. This man had a specifc psychological
problem, or a block, in regard to shooting baskets.
I was intrigued with his special problem and asked him to quantify the degree of diffculty imagining the
ball going into the basket. Since he couldnt come even close to picturing the ball going into the basket he
gave it a ten, on a ten point scale of diffculty.
19
The diffculty in imagining the ball going into the basket was matched by an actual diffculty. He was a
terrible basket shooter. He had been failing for years despite his frequent practices and his obvious love for
the activity. This man was not easily discouraged!
We usually think that if a person loves something, will work diligently to achieve his goals, and will
persist over time, he is bound to succeed. Obviously, one has a better chance with all the foregoing virtues
working for him, but if there is a psychological problem blocking success, it is very diffcult to succeed.
We developed a special treatment to help him with his visualization problem. After the new treatment was
given, he was immediately able to see the ball going into the basket (the treatment is provided below). He
was thrilled with this development and I asked him to let me know how he did in the gym when he actually
shot baskets.
He called the next day and reported a defnite and immediate improvement in his basketball skill. He
didnt suddenly become a Wilt Chamberlain, but he reported a distinct and thrilling improvement after all
these years of trying so hard. It seemed as if the years of practice could now be integrated, in some degree,
into his actual performance; which could not take place before.
Psychological Problem Makes It Hard To Visualize Success
A survey of my clients revealed that although most of them could visualize the most fantastic things, most
of them were unable to clearly visualize themselves being over their problem.
Why is this? It may be because there is no emotional obstacle to visualizing fanciful things like fying
through the air like Superman. There has never been an emotional investment in fying through the air, no
expectation that one should be able to do it, no failure in the attempt which hurt emotionally. In short, there
are NO emotions connected with fanciful imaginings. Emotions go deep in to a person. The emotions con-
nected to a psychological problem are just as deep as emotions connected with rational interests. Psycho-
logical problems, in this context, consist of failure when the person knows he ought not to have failed. The
emotional reality of the failure goes deep.
Have you ever noticed that when you are ill, for example with the fu, it is diffcult to imagine what it feels
like to be feeling good and conversely, when you are feeling good, it is diffcult to imagine what it feels
like to be ill? Emotions lend a reality to a moment that is sometimes diffcult to get around. It seems that
the emotions that are aroused when one attempts to imagine being over a psychological problem makes the
visualizing process diffcult.
Though visualization can be helpful some advocates of therapeutic visualization tend to overemphasize
the benefts of this procedure. Exaggeration is evident in the positive thinkers slogan of Anything the
mind can conceive the mind can achieve.
I am able to conceive, imagine and visualize myself fying through the air like Superman but I will never,
alas, be able to do that. Although my mind can conceive it, I will never be able to achieve it.
I fnd that the treatment that allows clients to visualize success helps them in certain ways to improve,
20
but they usually still need to be treated to overcome a particular problem. The visualization treatment is
rarely suffcient unto itself to bring about radical changes, though it helps. The basketball shooter quickly
achieved a higher degree of success, because he had many years of practice behind him. The new ability to
visualize helped him to better capitalize upon and integrate his previous years of practice.
The vast majority of people visualize almost anything. Here is what I found to be a major problem; when
you ask someone to visualize overcoming a psychological problem they run into trouble.
I started checking with all my clients and I found that most all of them had trouble picturing themselves
being over their problems. They had no trouble imagining anything else, but they could not imagine or
visualize themselves being over their psychological problem. They could imagine or visualize themselves
doing all sorts of fanciful or impossible things, but it was very diffcult or impossible for them to imagine or
picture themselves being free of their problem.
Visualization Treatment
Before beginning the treatment for a specifc visualization problem it is necessary to establish that one is
generally able to visualize. We ask the client to carry out the following mental exercise: we frst ask him
to visualize an apple and if he can; and almost everyone can with great ease, we then proceed to check out
more diffcult levels of visualization, like can he visualize in color. We then check his ability to visualize
something which he knows is actually impossible; his ability to fy like Superman.
Following is a sample of a typical dialogue:
Can you see an apple in your imagination?
Yes
What color is it?
Red
Can you see the apple fying through the air like a bird?
Yes
Can you see yourself?
Yes
Can you see yourself fying through the air like Superman?
Yes
Now that we have established that the client can visualize and furthermore, he is even able to visualize
fanciful and totally unrealistic phenomena, such as himself engaging in fying, which he knows he really
couldnt do; we are ready to go forward.
Next, we move into their psychological problem. Can you see yourself (indulging in particular addiction,
or feeling chronic pain)?
Yes
The next step is the key one because it is the crucial step in therapeutic visualization.
Can you see yourself confronting your most feared situation and see yourself as being calm, confdent
21
and relaxed, or being completely pain free?
At this point, it is necessary to clarify that we are not asking them if they are now over their problem, but
we just want to know if they can IMAGINE and visualize themselves being over the problem. We may
remind them that being able to visualize themselves fying through the air doesnt mean that they can really
do that.
No (The typical answer)
Sometimes at this point a response occurs that indicates that they can dimly or somewhat see themselves
doing this with no problem. In order to clarify the degree of diffculty, we ask them to quantify it on a ten
point scale where 10 represents impossibility to visualize and 0 represents no problem at all in visualizing
themselves being completely over their problem.
Its diffcult but I can sort of see myself that way
Give me a number 0 to 10, 10 being impossible and 0 being easy, to indicate how diffcult it is for you to
see this clearly
8
Now that they can quantify the level of diffculty we have a means to monitor the progress of treatment,
and to guide us in giving the treatment effectively.
Treatment
We tell the client to strive to imagine being relaxed and confdent while confronting a situation where
his anxiety is likely to be highest, or similar means of testing his problem, like being with a group who are
smoking and he is calmly enjoying himself with no desire to smoke.
Tap the spot underneath the arms and then tap the collarbone spot (see diagram of treatment points).
After tapping under the arm and the collarbone spot about ten times it should be signifcantly easier to
visualize success in this problem area. If it is no different, or if the client was an 8 and now reports a 7, we
suspect the presence of a psychological reversal.
We have to be careful of positive thinking or positive distortion intruding into the picture because it will
make us wrongly believe that positive change has occurred when it hasnt. Some people mistakenly think
that they have to help the treatment along by imagining or pretending that there is improvement where there
actually has been none.
The client needs to be instructed not to escape in positive thinking but to report everything as accurately
and objectively as possible.
When a patient is in the high range of diffculty (7 or above) he should notice at least a two point drop af-
ter the frst step in treatment; often there will be more than a two point improvement. If the drop is less than
two points, it is suspect.
In a very small number of people, in the neighborhood of 1%, they may be reporting accurately. There
are a very small number of people who actually go down by just one point. Usually, however, a one point
change means that the person is psychologically reversed and hence cannot respond to the treatment at all
until the absolute block is removed.
These treatments do not work by positive thinking, suggestion, faith healing, self delusion or anything
of that sort. You do not have to believe in these treatments in order for them to work. You dont have to
believe in the power of penicillin in order for it to work, it has nothing to do with your beliefs. These treat-
ments usually work, much like penicillin, even if you are highly skeptical of them.
The treatments are so unusual that when one frst encounters them, there is an almost instantaneous doubt
and skepticism which occurs.
In treating thousands of skeptics, including a good number of militant ones, I can assure you that belief in
the effcacy of these treatments is no requirement for successful treatment. In fact, because of this, we dont
even get our fair share of placebo cures.
So called placebo cures presumably work because the patient, the doctor, or both have such a high conf-
dence in a treatment that many people report getting better even when nothing signifcant was done.
There are placebo cure treatments on record where the person had major exploratory surgery, but noth-
ing was found, the patient was sewed up and reports a marvelous cure of his problem. Why? Because the
patient had the mistaken belief that the cause of his problem was removed in surgery.
If the client doesnt respond to the visualization treatment; he is given the treatment for psychological
reversal to unblock him and the basic treatment is repeated. His ability to visualize himself performing suc-
cessfully should now be signifcantly enhanced.
If the client has shown a defnite improvement in his ability to visualize his success he is now given the
nine gamut treatments and repeats the under arm and collarbone tapping in order to further improve the
visualization.
If Your Visualization Does Not Improve
If you do not respond at all to the treatment, the treatment for psychological reversal needs to be done.
Tap the reversal correction spot, say, I accept myself even though I have trouble visualizing being over my
problem. Tap while you say this three times. Repeat visualization treatment. You should notice an imme-
diate improvement when you tap under your arm and collarbone.
Mini-Psychological Reversal
If you responded well to the visualization treatment but you did not progress to a COMPLETE ability
to visualize being over your problem; say you progressed from an 8 to a 4, but you cannot see yourself as
clearly as you would like; then the mini-psychological reversal treatment will often clear the block to com-
plete visualization clarity.
Tap the PR spot o the outer edge of the hand (see drawing) and say I accept myself even though I STILL
22
have some diffculty in seeing myself being completely over my problem. Now repeat the visualization
treatment again and there is a good chance that you will clearly see yourself being over the problem.
The ability to see yourself being over the problem, remember, does not mean that you are over the prob-
lem. It just means that it is possible for you to use a therapeutic aid (visualization) that was not available to
you before.
It is emphasized that we dont consider visualization a treatment for a problem, but we see it as a possible
signifcant contribution to eliminating obstacles to overcoming a problem. It appears to smooth the path
toward successful treatment.
For many people the visualization treatment can be quite helpful in developing and establishing healthier
and more accurate body images.
23
THOUGHT FIELD THERAPY CLINICAL APPLICATIONS:
Utilization in an HMO in Behavioral Medicine and Behavioral Health Services
Caroline Sakai, Ph.D.
David Paperny, M.D.
Marvin Mathews, M.D.
Greg Tanida, M.S.W.
Geri Boyd, M.S.W.
Alan Simons, C.N.S.
Charlene Yamamoto, M.S.W.
Carolyn Mau, C.N.S.
Lynn Nutter, M.A.
Kaiser Behavioral Health and Behavioral Medicine Services
Honolulu, Hawaii
Key Words: Thought Field Therapy, TFT, Anxiety, Chronic Pain, PTSD, Anger, Depression, Behavioral
Medicine, Behavioral Health, HMO
Correspondence should be addressed to: Caroline Sakai, PhD
Kaiser Behavioral Health Services
1441 Kapiolani Blvd. #1600
Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Email: [email protected]
Abstract
Thought Field Therapy (TFT) is a self-administered treatment developed in 1980 by psychologist Roger
Callahan. TFT uses energy meridian treatment points and bilateral optical-cortical stimulation while fo-
cusing on the targeted symptoms or problem being addressed. Clinical applications of TFT in Behavioral
Medicine and Behavioral Health Services in an HMO are summarized. The applications included anxiety;
adjustment disorder with anxiety, depression, and both; alcohol abuse; anxiety due to medical condition;
anger; acute stress; bereavement; chronic pain; coping style affecting medical condition; depression; neu-
rodermatitis; fatigue; major depression; maladaptive health behaviors including eating patterns in diabetic
or high cholesterol patients; nausea; nicotine dependence; obsessive traits; OCD; OCPD; panic disorder
without agoraphobia; parent-child stress; PTSD; relationship stress; social phobia; specifc phobia; trichotil-
lomania; tremor; and work stress. Paired t-tests of pre- and post-treatment SUD were statistically signifcant
in the 31 categories reviewed with 1578 applications of TFT. Illustrative case and heart rate variability data
are presented.
THOUGHT FIELD THERAPY CLINICAL APPLICATIONS
24
Introduction
Thought Field Therapy (TFT) is a self-administered brief treatment that uses energy meridian treatment
points and bilateral optical-cortical stimulation while focusing attention on the targeted negative emotion
or symptom. TFT was developed in 1980 by psychologist Roger Callahan who treated 97% of 68 phobic
patients successfully in an average treatment time of 4.34 minutes (Callahan, 1985). Callahans study was
replicated by Glenn Leonoff with 97% success reported with 68 phobics in an average treatment time of
6.04 minutes (Leonoff,1995).
Charles Figley and Joyce Carbonell noted that all of the new therapies of Post-
traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) that they studied accelerated the process of therapy of trauma, in con-
trast to the lengthy traditional therapies. However, TFT was the most rapid treatment with comparable treat-
ment success to the other new therapies: Traumatic Incident Reduction (TIR) treatment duration mean was
254 minutes, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) 172 minutes, Visual Kinesthetic
Dissociation (VKD) 113 minutes, TFT 63 minutes. More traditional therapies are estimated to take 1200 to
18,000 minutes (20 to 300 hours of therapy). (Carbonell & Figley, 1999; Wylie, 1996)
In addition to phobias and traumas, TFT has been used in the treatment of anxiety, addictions, anger,
stress, obsession, depression, jealousy, and other negative emotions. In addition to psychological diagnoses,
TFT is now being applied to many other problems by physicians, naturopaths, chiropractors, dentists, mas-
sage therapists, acupuncturists, and other healing professionals (Callahan, 2000).
Heart rate variability (HRV) (Task Force of the European Society of Cardiology and the North American
Society of Pacing and Electrophysiology, 1996) and power spectral density analyses (Cohen et al., 1999)
have been used to monitor a number of pathological states, including predicting mortality after myocardial
infarction (Bigger et al., 1993; Kleiger & Miller, 1978; Rottman et al., 1996, Stein et al., 2000) and conges-
tive heart failure (Saul, et al., 1988). The effects of emotions on short-term power spectrum analyses of
heart rate variability has been studied more recently (McCraty, et al., 1995). Psychiatric research impli-
cations of HRV for anxiety and depression are pointed out by Yeragani (1995), who noted the variability
of heart rate between 0.15 and 0.5 Hz is related to respiratory sinus arrhythmia, and is modulated by cho-
linergic activity, while the variability between 0.04 and 0.15 Hz is dually infuenced by cholinergic and
adrenergic mechanisms which can be used as a relative measure of sympathetic activity. Analysis of HRV
provides a window into autonomic control of heart rate which is valuable in elucidating the autonomic un-
derpinnings of panic disorder (Friedman & Thayer, 1998; Yeragani et al., 1998, Middleton & Ashby, 1995),
phobic anxiety (Kawachi et al., 1995), anxiety (Watkins et al., 1999), ADHD (Borger, et al., 1999), type A
(Kamada et al., 1992), and depression (Balogh et al., 1993; Carney, et al., 1995; Lehofer, et al., 1997; Yera-
gani, et al., 1991). Lower cardiac vagal component of HRV was found with recent experience of persistent
emotional stress, regardless of a persons level of physical ftness, heart rate, mean arterial blood pressure,
respiration rate, age, gender, and disposition toward experiencing anxiety (Dishman, et al., 2000).
Method
Seven TFT trained therapists at Kaiser Behavioral Medicine Services and Behavioral Health Ser-
vices applied the symptom- or problem-specifc TFT treatments for 1578 conditions. In some situations the
same patients were treated for more than one symptom or problem, but a patient was only listed once for the
same condition. The therapists were three social workers, two clinical nurse specialists, one masters level
clinician, and one psychologist. Behavioral Medicine Service serves patient referrals from primary care
physicians, nurse practitioners, diabetes educators, dieticians, clinical pharmacists, and other staff, right in
the primary care setting. Behavioral Health Services are the traditional psychiatry and mental health servic-
es offered in a specialty clinic. Behavioral Medicine Services sessions typically were 30 minutes in length,
whereas Behavioral Health Services sessions were usually 50 minutes long.
Therapists noted the problem treated and disorder, and then obtained a pre-treatment Subjective Units of
25
Distress (SUD)(Wolpe, 1969) rating of the severity of the symptom or problem from the patient. Therapists
then guided the patient through the TFT treatment for the particular symptom or problem, and then obtained
a post-treatment SUD in the same session. Data were recorded on standardized forms by the therapists.
Pre-treatment and post-treatment SUD for problems or symptoms for which at least 5 patients were treated
were compared by paired t-tests using SYSTAT 7.0.
Heart rate variability short-term recordings of 5 minutes pre-treatment, and 5 minutes post-treatment were
obtained using Biocom Technologies Heart Scanner Version 1.00 Beta in a few cases where it was feasible.
This module was connected to a computer with at least 150 MHz, 32MB RAM, 800x600 hi-color resolution.
The Heart Scanner utilized three electrocardiograph (ECG) leads attached on the palm side of each of the
patients index fngers. Velcro strips with the embedded ECG leads were wrapped around the index fngers.
Results
Statistically signifcant results were obtained with all problems and symptoms treated with TFT (see
Table 1). These included anxiety, adjustment disorder with acute stress, adjustment disorder with anxiety
and depression, adjustment disorder with depression, alcohol abuse, anger, anxiety, anxiety due to medical
condition, bereavement, chronic pain, coping style affecting medical condition (including Type A and his-
trionic styles), depression, neurodermatitis, fatigue, major depression, maladaptive health behavior (includ-
ing problematic eating pattern in patients with diabetes or high cholesterol), nausea, nicotine dependence,
obsessive traits, obsessive-compulsive disorder, obsessive compulsive personality disorder, panic disorder
without agoraphobia, parent-child stress, partner relational stress, post-traumatic stress disorder, relation-
ship stress, social phobia, specifc phobia, trichotillomania, tremor, and work stress. All paired t-tests of
pre- and post-SUD were signifcant at the .001 level of probability, except tremors, which was signifcant at
the .01 level. The number of patients (N) treated for that diagnostic category or symptom (Dx or Sx), mean
pre-treatment SUD (SUD-Pre), mean post-treatment SUD (SUD-Post), mean difference (Mean Diff), stan-
dard deviation of the mean difference (SD), t value (t), and probability (p) are summarized in Table 1.
Additionally, four or less patients were treated with the following diagnoses or symptoms with posi-
tive results: Bipolar II mood swings, ADHD, Cannabis Abuse, Impulse Control Disorder NOS, Polysub-
stance Abuse, Dissociative Disorder NOS, and Dysthymia. Small improvements were noted for Amphet-
amine Abuse (N=4), and Stuttering. Minimal changes were noted for Body Dysmorphic Disorder, Tinnitus,
and Generalized Anxiety Disorder (N=4). Results for enhancing Peak Performance were very positive
(N=4).
Case Presentations
Case 1 was a female in her 30s who was referred for depression, fashbacks, insomnia, hypervigi-
lance, avoidant behaviors, hyperstartle, and smoking one pack of cigarettes a day. Center for Epidemiologi-
cal Studies of Depression scale (CES-D--a 20-item commonly used patient report of depression symptoms,
Radloff, 1977) score was 49, which was in the extremely depressed range. By history, her depression
appeared secondary to trauma, so she was treated with the algorithm for complex trauma with TFT. After
treatment her Subjective Units of Distress (SUD) dropped from 10 to 0. She no longer appeared tense,
fatigued, irritable, sad, and feeling hopeless, but instead appeared animated, more energetic, relaxed, and
future-oriented. She repeated the CES-D at the end of that same session, and attained a normal range score
of 14 (a 35 point drop, and 71% improvement). All of her presenting complaints were gone, except she still
wanted to smoke. A followup session one week later was cancelled by the patient, who called to ask if she
still needed to come in since she didnt have complaints, but wasnt motivated to quit smoking at that time.
In followup calls 1 month, 3 months, and 6 months later, she reported no further symptoms of depression
nor of post-traumatic stress disorder.
Case 2 was a female patient in her 50s referred for depression, weight loss, loss of appetite, diffcul-
ty sleeping, tightness in chest, anxiety and distress about her relationship with her partner. She had a CES-D
26
score of 50, in the extremely depressed range. After treatment for depression and lack of appetite, patient
reported feeling more energetic, less depressed, no chest tightness, and she felt hungry. Her post-treatment
CESD at the end of the session was 30 (a 20 point drop, and 40% improvement). On one week followup,
her appetite continued to improve, and she was regaining weight, as well as sleeping better. Her CES-D
score continued to improve to 18 (a 32 point drop, and 64% improvement), just above the normal range.
Case 3 was a female in her 40s with consistently high cholesterol in the low to high 200s range over
several years. With no other interventions, after TFT treatments for food cravings, stress, and chronic pain,
her cholesterol level dropped to 160, from a prior 297.
Case 4 was a male in his 30s referred for panic attacks and chronic pain, who reported feeling 100
times better at the followup session three weeks after his initial session and treatment with TFT. He report-
ed zero panic attacks, and marked decrease in aches and pains.
Heart RateVariability Data
Included in this report are three patients for whom heart rate variability (HRV) data were obtained before
and after TFT treatment in the same session (Sakai & Paperny, 1999; Paperny, Sakai & Callahan, 2000).
The frst case is a male in his 50s presenting with sciatic pain, fatigue, and low mood (Figure 1). Pre-
treatment 5-minute Total Power (the total variance of normal-to-normal heartbeat over the course of the
sample period of 5 minutes) was 312, post-treatment Total Power was 1462, a 469% improvement. SDNN
(standard deviation of the normal-to-normal heartbeats) improved from pre-treatment 28 to post-treatment
54. Autonomic balance between the sympathetic and parasympathetic activity was at low levels of regula-
tory activity at pretreatment (small black square in relationship to the normal level in the central square
marked with an X), and improved to normal level of regulatory activity at post-treatment. SUD dropped
from 7 to 0. Electrocardiograms of his heart rate for 5 minutes pre-treatment, and 5 minutes post-treatment
demonstrate marked improvement, and are shown in Figure 2.
The second case is a female in her 50s presenting with anxiety and stress (Figure 3). Pre-treatment
spectral analysis Total Power was 350, and post-treatment Total Power was improved 216% to 757. Pre-
treatment SDNN was 28, with a post-treatment improvement to 40. At pre-treatment, she had moderate
dominance of the parasympathetic nervous system with low levels of sympathetic and normal levels of
parasympathetic regulation, and attained an improved balance between sympathetic and parasympathetic ac-
tivity at a normal level at post-treatment. SUD dropped from 8 at pre-treatment to 0 at post-treatment. Her
5-minute electrocardiograms at pre-treatment, and post-treatment show substantial improvement (Figure 4).
The third case is a female in her 50s suffering from anxiety secondary to premature ventricular con-
tractions and esophageal refux (Figure 5). The middle data is from a control treatment which involved tap-
ping on points which were not energy meridian points but included the bilateral optical-cortical stimulation.
Her pre-treatment Total Power was 807, control treatment Total Power was 1007, post-treatment Total
Power was 1246. Her pre-treatment SDNN was 43, control treatment SDNN was 44, and post-treatment
SDNN was 51. She had moderate dominance of parasympathetic activity with low levels of sympathetic
and normal levels of parasympathetic regulation at pre-treatment, no change with the control treatment, and
attained a balance between sympathetic and parasympathetic activity at normal levels of regulatory activ-
ity at post-treatment. SUD was 8 at pre-treatment, remained at 8 after the control treatment, and improved
to 0 at post-treatment. Her electrocardiograms for the pre-treatment, control treatment, and post-treatment
demonstrate a marked improvement post-treatment (Figure 6).
Discussion
TFT treatments of the broad spectrum of diagnoses and symptoms presented here showed signifcant
improvements in patients ratings of subjective units of distress after one session of treatment. These results
are supported by CES-D data, heart rate variability and autonomic balance changes noted at the session, or
cholesterol levels taken one to two months later in the few cases in which such measures were obtained.
27
The results obtained by seven different providers with different training backgrounds suggest the utility of
this modality across disciplines. It is effective in the brief treatment services provided in Behavioral Medi-
cine Services in primary care with its shorter treatment sessions, as well as in mental health and psychiatry
services.
Further research is needed to evaluate the long term effects of TFT over time for various diagnoses and
symptoms. Treatment of phobias (Callahan, 1985) and post-traumatic stress disorder (Callahan, 2000) are
reported to sustain over time without additional treatment in most cases. Treatments of recurrent conditions
which require additional treatments call for study of the more complex treatments, and protocols for discov-
ering and eliminating the retriggering stimuli (Callahan, 2000). Physiological data such as HRV on a larger
number of patients with different diagnoses or symptoms could be illuminating in comparing the effective-
ness of different treatment modalities with this promising broad spectrum yet very specifc treatment.

Acknowledgements
We appreciate the proofreading and editing assistance of Monica Pignotti and Ruta Summers, and are
grateful to Roger Callahan for his development and continuing improvement of TFT.
References
Balogh, S., Fitzpatrick, D.F.., Hendricks, S.E., & Paige, S.R. (1993). Increases in heart rate variability with
successful treatment in patients with major depressive disorder. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 29,
201-206.
Bigger, J.T., Fleiss, J.L., Rolnitzky, L.M., & Steinman, R.C. (1993). The ability of several short-term mea-
sures of RR variability to predict mortality after myocardial infarction. Circulation, 88, 927-934.
Borger, N., van der Meere, J., Ronner, A., Alberts, E., Geuze, R, & Bogte, H. (1999). Heart rate variability
and sustained attention in ADHD children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 27, 25-33.
Callahan, R.J. (1985). Five minute phobia cure. Wilmington: Enterprise.
Callahan, R.J. (1995). Callahan Techniques Thought Field Therapy (CTTFT) algorithm for trauma: A repro-
ducible experiment in psychotherapy. Paper presented at annual meeting of the American Psychological
Association, August, New York.
Callahan, R.J., & Callahan, J. (2000). Stop the nightmare of trauma: Thought Field Therapy (TFT)the
power therapy for the 21st century. Chapel Hill, NC: Professional Press.
Carbonell, J.L., & Figley, C. (1999). A systematic clinical demonstration of promising PTSD treatment ap-
proaches. Electronic Journal of Traumatology, 5 (1).
Carney, R.M., Saunders, R.D., Freedland, K.E., Stein, P., Rich, M.W., & Jaffe, A.S. (1995). Association of
depression with reduced heart rate variability in coronary artery disease. American Journal of Cardiol-
ogy, 76, 562-565.
Cohen, H., Matar, M.A., Kaplan, Z., & Kotler, M. (1999). Power spectral analysis of heart rate variability in
psychiatry. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 68, 59-66.
Dishman, R.K., Nakamura, Y., Garcia, M.E., Thompson, R., Dunn, A.L., & Blair, S.N.
(2000). Heart rate variability, trait anxiety, and perceived stress among physically ft men and
women. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 37, 121-133.
Friedman, B.H., & Thayer, J.F. (1998). Autonomic balance revisited: Panic anxiety and heart rate variability.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 44, 133-151.
Kamada, T., Miyake, S., Kumashiro, M., Monou, H., & Inoue, K. (1992). Power spectral analysis of heart rate
variability in type As and type Bs during mental workload. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 462-470.
Kawachi, I., Sparrow, D., Vokonas, P.S., & Weiss, S.T. (1995). Decreased heart rate variability in men with
phobic anxiety (data from normative aging study). American Journal of Cardiology, 75, 882-885.
28
Kleiger, R.E., & Miller, J.P. (1978). Decreased heart rate variability and its association with increased mortal-
ity after acute myocardial infarction. American Journal of Cardiology, 59, 256-262.
Lehofer, M., Moser, M., Hoehn-Saric, R., McLeod, D., Liebmann, P., Drnovsek, B., Egner, S., Hildebrandt, G.,
& Zapotoczky, H. (1997). Major depression and cardiac autonomic control. Biological Psychiatry, 42,
914-919.
Leonoff, G. (1995). The successful treatment of phobias and anxiety by telephone and radio: A replication of
Callahans 1987 study. TFT Newsletter, 1, 2.
McCraty, R., Atkinson, M., Tiller, W.A., Rein, G., & Watkins, A. The effects of emotions on short-term power
spectrum analysis of heart rate variability. American Journal of Cardiology, 76, 1089-1093.
Middleton, H.C., & Ashby, M. (1995). Clinical recovery from panic disorder is associated with evidence of
changes in cardiovascular regulation. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 91, 108-113.
Paperny, D., Sakai, C., & Callahan, R.J. (2000, February). Therapeutic dissociations of negative affect from
cognitive precipitants of affective disorders using thought feld therapy. Paper presented at the Scientifc
Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Hypnosis, Baltimore, Maryland.
Radloff, L.S. (1977). The CES-D Scale: A self-report depression scale for research in the general population.
Applied Psychological Measurement, 1, 385-401.
Rottman, J.N., Kleiger, R.E., & Stein, P.K. (1996). Heart rate variability: Measurement and meaning. Cardi-
ology in Review, 4, 101-111.
Sakai, C., & Paperny, D. (1999, November). Thought Field Therapy for therapeutic dissociation of negative
affect from cognitive precipitant of affective disorders. Paper presented at the Annual Clifford J. Strae-
hley Symposium, Honolulu, Hawaii.
Saul, P., Arai, Y., Berger, R., Lilly, L., Colucci, W., & Cohen, R. (1988). Assessment of autonomic regulation
in congestive heart failure by heart rate spectral analysis. American Journal of Cardiology, 61, 1292-
1299.
Stein, P.K., Domitrovich, P.P., Kleiger, R.E., Schechtman, K.B., & Rottman, J.N. (2000). Clinical and demo-
graphic determinants of heart rate variability in patients post myocardial infarction: Insights from the
Cardiac Arrhythmia Suppression Trial. Clinical Cardiology, 23, 187-194.
Stein, P.K. & Kleiger, R.E. (1999). Insights from the study of heart rate variability. Annual Review of Medi-
cine, 50, 249-251.
Task Force of the European Society of Cardiology and the North American Society of Pacing and Electro-
physiology. (1996). Heart rate variability: Standards of measurement, physiological interpretation, and
clinical use. Circulation, 93, 1043-1065.
Watkins, L.L., Grossman, P., Krishnan, R., & Blumenthal, J.A. (1999). Anxiety reduces barorefex cardiac
control in older adults with major depression. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 334-340.
Wolpe, J. (1969). The practice of behavior therapy. New York: Pergamon Press.
Wylie, M.S. (1996). Researching PTSD: Going for the cure. Family Therapy Networker, July-August, 21-37.
Yeragani, V.K. (1995). Heart rate and blood pressure variability: Implications for psychiatric research. Neu-
ropsychobiology, 32, 182-191.
Yeragani, V.K., Pohl, R., Balon, R., Ramesh, C., Glitz, D., Jung, I., & Sherwood, P. (1991). Heart rate vari-
ability in patients with major depression. Psychiatry Research, 37, 35-46.
Yeragani, V.K., Sobolewski, E., Igel, G., Johnson, C., Jampala, V.C., Kay, J., Hillman, N., Yeragani, S., &
Vempati, S. (1998). Decreased heart-period variability in patients with panic disorder: A study of
Holter ECG records. Psychiatry Research, 78. 89-99.

29
Table 1. Pre- and Post-SUD Paired t--Test Data for TFT Applications
Dx or Sx N Mean SUD-Pre Mean SUD-Post Mean SUD Diff SD t p
Acute Stress 13 7.69 1.19 6.50 2.25 10.44 .001
Adjustment
Disorder
with Anxiety 27 7.65 1.00 6.65 2.46 14.02 .001
Adjustment
Disorder w/ Anxiety/ 8 7.37 1.37 6.00 2.62 6.48 .001
Depression
Adjustment Disorder
with Depression 12 6.50 0.83 5.67 2.35 8.36 .001
Alcohol Abuse 5 6.80 0.40 6.40 2.51 5.70 .001
Anger 162 8.18 1.02 7.16 2.42 37.67 .001
Anxiety 216 7.54 0.86 6.68 2.25 43.53 .001
Anxiety Due to
Medical Condition 78 7.83 1.46 6.38 2.72 20.69 .001
Bereavement 16 7.00 1.41 5.59 2.25 9.97 .001
Chronic Pain 234 6.82 2.24 4.58 2.55 27.42 .001
Coping Style
Affecting Medical 10 8.70 2.95 5.75 3.54 5.14 .001
Condition
Depression 106 7.35 1.59 5.76 2.55 23.26 .001
Fatigue 47 7.23 1.91 5.32 2.37 15.39 .001
Major Depression 6 8.50 2.50 6.00 2.45 6.00 .001
Maladaptive
Health Behavior 142 8.14 0.67 7.47 2.18 40.84 .001
Nausea 15 6.40 0.67 5.73 2.63 8.44 .001
Neurodermatitis 8 6.50 0.0 6.50 2.73 6.75 .001
Nicotine Dependence 29 7.45 0.28 7.17 2.28 16.91 .001
Obsessive Traits 29 8.06 1.17 6.89 2.26 16.42 .001
OCD 9 8.39 1.61 6.78 2.40 8.47 .001
OCPD 12 6.67 0.83 5.83 2.72 7.42 .001
Panic Disorder
w/o Agoraphobia 29 7.76 1.50 6.26 2.45 13.75 .001
Parent-Child Stress 12 8.13 1.75 6.37 2.51 8.81 .001
Partner Relation
Stress 16 7.81 1.69 6.12 2.69 9.12 .001
PTSD 142 8.71 1.22 7.49 2.27 39.37 .001
Relationship Stress 55 7.71 0.84 6.87 2.32 21.93 .001
Social Phobia 22 8.41 1.07 7.34 2.22 15.50 .001
Specifc Phobia 49 8.15 1.45 6.66 2.41 19.39 .001
Tremor 7 5.86 1.50 4.36 2.84 4.06 .01
Trichotillomania 11 7.36 0.91 6.45 2.11 10.12 .001
Work Stress 67 7.66 1.45 6.21 2.47 20.58 .001
30
Program Outline

Week 8: Troubleshooting
1. Toxins handout
Toxin handout
2. Products that support toxin identification and elimination handout
Sensitivities, Intolerances and Toxins Self-Study course
Pulse Test link provided previous handout
Waiora Natural Cellular Defense
MSM (best with natural Vitamin C)
3. Chronic problems discussion
4. Recurring Reversals - discussion
Sore spot versus toxin identifcation, elimination or treatment
5. Products that support psychological reversal corrections
Rescue Remedy cream, spray, drops, pastilles
Homeopathic salts Mag. Phos., Calc. Fluor.
6. Apex problem handout
7. Further support materials handouts
Algorithm Wall Chart color coded handout
Algorithm Description and Sequence chart - handout
8. What can you do next handouts
Tapping The Healer Within Case Study Assessment - handout
Training and Practitioner Paths
Bonuses handout with follow-up letter after last class
http://www.rogercallahan.com/Bonus-Materials.php
1. Voltmeter and PR book download
2. Using TFT to Stop Smoking Now book download
1
2
3. Eliminate Addictive Urges MP3 audio fle
4. Love Pain and Grief download and MP3 audio fle
5. TFT and Cancer MP3 audio fle
6. 15 minute private phone consultation with Roger schedule via e-mail, [email protected]
within the next 90 days
7. Bonus 60 minute open Q & A with Joanne, including MP3 fle August 13, 2009, 6:00 PM
PDT. Questions to be submitted in advance, via e-mail to [email protected] by Wednesday,
August 12, 2009, to keep the noise factor down during the answers. There will be a live inter
action at the end of the call.
Disclaimer
This course material is intended for informational purposes only. Nothing presented in this course is
intended to be a substitute for professional medical advice. In fact, we strongly recommend that individuals
with health problems see a licensed medical doctor or their health care specialist.
3
Sensitivities, Intolerances, and Individual Energy Toxins:
By Roger J. Callahan, PhD and Joanne M. Callahan, MBA (Health Care)
2009
INTRODUCTION
Toxins, especially those I call, Individual Energy Toxins (IETs), have been identifed as the proximate
cause of the common cold (Coca, 1956), a possible cause of heart attacks and death (see Appendix, Return
From Death), as well as a long list of numerous problems including psychological problems such as depres-
sion, anger, and anxiety.
Many professionals are aware of the role that toxins play in illness and in the generation of psychological
problems (Randolph and Moss, Rapp; and Coca). There remained, however, one important unknown issue,
for it would take a very high success rate treatment to permit the discovery to be made. The issue: What
causes some cures to become undone? My discovery of this very important principle, which is described
in, Cure and Time, is an extremely relevant and important contribution to obtaining higher success rates
with all potentially successful treatments, in all the felds of the healing arts. This discovery has allowed
many who could not be cured for any length of time, fnally to be completely and totally cured.
Since TFT is a very high success treatment, this allowed me to discover something that has applicability to
any and all successful treatments. I discovered that after a cure is established, in some cases, the cure can be
undone by a toxin. Cure and Time, detailed later in this article, spells out in detail this important principle.
It is important to understand that this is relevant to any and all effective treatments of any kind, for any pur-
pose. The information about toxins and cure and time will help you improve the effectiveness of the proce-
dures you use in your practice for you can identify the toxins that might undo some of the cures you are able
to generate. By treating and then avoiding the toxin this makes it possible to have a much higher success
rate and a much more stable cure.
WHAT IS AN IET?
IET stands for Individual Energy Toxin. Unlike universal toxins such as mercury, cadmium, lead, IETs
are specifc to certain individuals who are often called or considered diffcult, complex or recalcitrant
patients. I use the word toxin for the IET is a toxin for such individuals but only for these individuals. The
term energy is used for it will be seen that an aspect of the bodys energy system is the frst system affect-
ed by a toxin - IET, or otherwise. One characteristic of most IETs as opposed to conventional toxins is that
they are, for the most part, in the domain of choice. For example, an IET may be a nutritional supplement,
even though it may be fne and even helpful for many others, or wheat, corn, eggs, perfume, laundry soap,
etc.
Checking For Toxins; Not For Nutritional Value
Many people understandably confuse this matter. When we test we are not checking for nutrition but for
energy toxin impact. Refned sugar tastes good but is not particularly nutritious. Health and organic foods
are good but that is not what toxin testing is about. Ironically, sugar may test OK, but an organic carrot may
be toxic for some people. A healthy supplement may be a toxin for some individuals (see HRV Chapter).
The only way to know what is an IET for the person, is to test.
Many otherwise good supplements will test as a toxin for some people. For example, even the best and
4
purest MSM will test as bad for a small group of people. I fnd various herbs, which may be very helpful to
some, are often extremely toxic to some sensitive people. It is interesting to observe the reactions of some
health care professionals who cannot imagine that a good nutritious or herbal product may be a problem
for some people. I have demonstrated that Heart Rate Variability (HRV) is adversely affected by identifed
toxins.
Toxins are a major cause of illness. We are not testing nutritional needs.
We test for IET. We do not test for the health value of the food or supplement
in the ordinary sense; our test reveals whether the item is an IET
(i.e. toxin, poison) for this particular individual.
Individual Differences
It is important to grasp the relevant fact of individual differences. Although we humans have very much
in common, we also differ in many important respects. For a good review on this important subject, please
see Roger Williams (1967) classic book, You Are Extraordinary. It is a clear and obvious fact that some
people cannot tolerate wheat for example, while others cannot tolerate corn, and still others cannot tolerate
eggs such issues are highly individualized and this fact is central to the information in this book.
What is a Toxin?
What do I mean by a toxin? I mean by a toxin, the usual literal meaning of the word which is a poison.
The usual obvious poisons include mercury, cadmium, lead, arsenic, etc. However, when I speak of toxins,
I refer to such things as ordinary foods, drinks, soaps, perfumes, toothpastes, etc; such common items are
not a problem for most people, however, some of us have special sensitivities to these common items. The
technical name I use to distinguish what I mean in this domain is Individual Energy Toxin. My use of
individual is crucial and incorporates the broad differences that will be obvious as one pursues these tests.
You will learn in this book, the word toxin has a special meaning. It refers to a substance, harmless to
most people, that has a deleterious effect on some individuals but not all or even most.
Why do we have such sensitivities? Some experts believe that it is due to inheritance in the domain of
missing certain enzymes that can neutralize toxins.
One theorist believes that it is due to stressful psychological traumatic events. Although I know that stress
can lower ones threshold I do not believe that this explains these sensitivities. My doubts as to the accuracy
of this theory stem from the fact that TFT can make it so easy to remove all sorts of terrible stress. It is so
easy for us to remove traumas with TFT. Since we can cure the very worst traumas, we could cure toxins
with our powerful trauma treatments. We do not hold that we can cure toxins. My fnding is that when a
person is strong and healthy she tends to show fewer toxins than when ill or not in the prime of health.
Awareness of the Toxin
If you get a very strong and dangerous reaction to a substance, such as peanuts, and you get this every
time you have peanuts and have to rush to emergency in order to have an injection in order to be able to
breathe, then you do not need some test to tell you that you have a problem with peanuts.
The literal meaning of toxin is poison and that is precisely what I believe these items are.
5
IET Not an Issue of Nutrition
Many people, especially knowledgeable professionals often misunderstand IET. We are not testing for the
nutritional or health value of a substance, we are testing only if the person has, at this time, a special sensi-
tivity to the substance.
BACKGROUND
The following tragic event helped prepare my mind for appreciating the role of toxins in human (as well
as animal) behavior and health.
Alive!
This book, and later movie, told the true dramatic story of a soccer team returning from European compe-
tition back to South American. The plane crashed high in the Andes in the snow, killing some of the team
and they did not know whether they would ever be found.
In order to survive, the athletes had to eat the fesh of their dead comrades; this was very diffcult to do but
it was necessary. Here is the part that made an unending impression upon me. Despite the fact that these
young persons did not know if they would ever be found they reported a phenomenon that I shall never for-
get. They reported that despite the uncertainty of their future and the horror of necessary cannibalism they
felt better than they had felt in years! As a psychologist very interested in feelings of well-being and pos-
sible causes, I began to wonder about what might be causing this strange increase of well-being under such
horrible psychological circumstances.
Could it be that their diet could have something to do with it? Probably I reasoned, but not because of
what they were eating but rather because of what they were not eating.
It was not what they were eating, but rather
what they were NOT EATING that
made the difference.
Having no food supply severely limited their diet to the only grotesque food available - their fallen com-
rades. This left out many foods of course that they ordinarily would be having daily such as wheat, milk,
potatoes, tomatoes, and corn. Is this why, under such grueling circumstances, that they admitted feeling
good and full of energy? I believe it is.
As a psychologist I was extremely impressed with the fact that the horror entailed in this diet did not over-
rule or cancel out the good physical feelings that were so evident. This suggests an important role indeed for
diet in the feeling of well being and good energy levels. They were not flled with fear and depression but
rather with energy. The lesson to be learned here is very important.
So this held my interest but did not at all suggest to me the role that I would discover for toxins as an
important factor in psychological problems and especially for maintaining the cures which I would later
discover how to carry out.
6
My interest level in toxins was further reinforced when I became a member of the two professional groups
started by the infuence of Linus Pauling (double Noble Prize scientist); Orthomolecular Medicine and
Orthomolecular Psychiatry. At the professional meetings of this group I met some of the leaders in the feld
of toxins. However, I never got seriously involved until some years later when I was developing the highly
effective Callahan Techniques Thought Field Therapy.
Invasion of Clients Preferences and Addictions
Clients understandably get upset if you fnd some of their favorite foods, drinks, or nutritional supple-
ments toxic and then you add insult to injury by suggesting that they stay away from them. Complicating
this is the common observation that some of our favorite foods, etc tend to be toxic. This coheres with the
fnding that addicts tend to be sensitive to the very items that are addictive. Such items as pot, heroin, nico-
tine, certain alcohols, cocaine, pain pills, coffee, etc are often toxic to the addict.
Plant Defense
Not all toxins are derived from plants but a large number of them are. It is important to understand that
plants have only one major defense against predators the use of toxins or the ability to mimic a toxic plant,
to discourage animals from eating them (until it is desired for propagation purposes.)
Although genetic alteration or pest sprays may be the source of toxins in some cases, it is defnitely not the
main source; it is rather something in the plant with which our system is unable to cope. Especially if our
system is severely stressed; though it is not stress that causes the problem but the other way around.
Unripe apples are sour - this is due to a toxin which changes when the seeds are ready to be propagated.
This protects the seeds until they are ready to be propagated; this is when the apple tastes good - encourag-
ing propagation. This is an evolutionary device to encourage the spread of seeds and the plant or tree. The
cashew nut has hydrogen cyanide on the feshy fruit and coats the nut which makes it taste bad. It is roasted
off.
You dont catch a cold, you eat it.
Arthur F. Coca, MD
Pulse Test, page 150.
In the chapter of the same title, Coca explains that colds happen to people who have toxic sensitivities and
whose system is weakened by the toxin and makes the person vulnerable to the virus.
My experience suggests Coca is quite correct about this. As people have their sensitivities identifed and
avoid them, they become signifcantly less sensitive to colds and fu This may help explain why in the face
of epidemics many people do not get ill.
TFT is very powerful in eliminating all symptoms of colds as well as fu and we fnd much success in this
endeavor. We have had potential trainees call after getting (eating) the fu and we treat them with Voice
Technology (VT) and eliminate all symptoms within minutes. It is often surprising to the trainee who had
no idea that a therapy could help this type of problem. Today, as soon as possible, I like to discover the toxin
that caused the cold or fu and then treat the person for the toxin. If we fnd and treat all the relevant toxins,
we are likely to be successful.
7
SYMPTOMS OF TOXICITY:
Some of the more common symptoms are:
Fatigue; worsening of ANY symptom; headache; panic attack; obsessive compulsion disorder; complex-
ity of treatments; holding of water; constipation,; diarrhea; depression; physical pain; red ears; jumpiness;
rapid leg movements, excessive fnger and hand movements; the heebie jeebies; Tourettes Syndrome,
rapid pulse; sticky feces - the amount of toilet tissue required may be a direct index to toxic sensitivity;
a problem which has been cured, returns; lower than normal temperature; lower than normal blood pres-
sure; high blood pressure (not due to temporary stress); increased heart rate; heart fbrillation; heart pains;
always hungry; excessive fat and extreme obesity (it is said that this is genetic but the interesting question
is: Exactly what is it that is inherited? Among other things it may very well be a wide ranging sensitivity to
various toxins;
Chronic Fatigue
This morning, I treated a man who suffered from chronic fatigue for 15 years. Visiting a large number of
different health care specialists did not help. It is commonly believed that this cannot be successfully treated
it now can be treated successfully with TFT and with my toxin treatments. Two days earlier, I treated (with
Voice Technology (VT) and eliminated every trace of fatigue. Knowing that toxins are behind this common
problem, I asked him to phone me the moment he was aware that any trace of fatigue returned.
Three hours later he called and said his fatigue was a 9. I checked everything he ate and found two cul-
prits a nutritional product that I had tested and found to be bad he had mistakenly taken this. Diagnosing
and treating this brought the fatigue down to a 4. I also found that a carrot was toxic. Treating the carrot
took him down to a 1 meaning no trace of fatigue. Such experiences help your client have faith in your
procedures.
Obesity
Toxins play a major role in common obesity in that they propel the desire to eat when one does not need
food. I once wrote a book called Why Do I Eat When Im Not Hungry? and the answer that the book
gave, along with a highly successful treatment solution, was accurate in that it spelled out that any addiction
is propelled by anxiety. Later, I learned that the anxiety is almost always propelled by toxins.
I can almost always tell if I ingested a toxin because I will feel hungry when I know I ought not to be. For
example, this morning, I got obsessively hungry after a breakfast that usually is satisfying and can typically
last me past my usual lunch time. This morning, however, I noticed a powerful urge to eat. My identifca-
tion of the toxin and the 7sec+ treatment eliminated this urge immediately.
Unusual Toxins
It is not always obvious what toxin is the problem. Here are a couple of examples that illustrate the issue.
Recalcitrant Depression- Consider this experienced psychotherapist who suffered from severe de-
pression for a twenty years and who was non-responsive to psychotherapy as well as various medications. In
about fve minutes I was able to completely eliminate all traces of depression with Voice Technology (VT).
It was the frst time in two decades that he was free of depression and he felt wonderful. I knew that the
problem could be brought back during the early stages of treatment by a toxin so in order to have the treat-
8
ment endure, I checked for a number of common toxins. I found corn to be a toxin and told him to not have
one molecule of corn or any corn products such as corn syrup or corn starch. I made an appointment for him
to check in with me in three days but told him to phone me at the frst sign of even the slightest degree of
depression.
Several hours later I received a phone call and he said the depression returned. I asked what he had to eat.
Nothing, he replied. I then asked what he had to drink. Again, he replied, nothing. A mystery, but I
knew from experience that it had to be a toxin but I did not yet know what the toxin was. I asked him to tell
me everything he did since we last spoke. He told me all the details of his actions in his offce and then he
said something that got my full attention. He said that he wrote some letters. I then asked if he had licked a
stamp or an envelope and he said he had. I then explained that they often put corn syrup in the glue in order
to make it sweeter to the taste. I treated him again and he was relieved, as was I, to fnd the answer to the
return of the depression. I did not yet have the 7 sec and the 7 sec + treatments and so I simply diagnosed
and treated the problem again.
Recalcitrant OCD- I once treated a severe case of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) who did
not respond to any treatment, whether drug or psychotherapy. He then made it his business to track down
several major professionals in the feld who had written books on OCD. He ended up traveling to the city
where each expert worked and tried the procedures advocated by each authority in turn. One of the experts,
he told me, was able to help him with something he called energy therapy but the problem was that the
next morning the problem would always return. The therapist was as puzzled by this unfortunate result as
was the client. I took great interest when I heard this for I had a good idea in a general way what must be
happening.
He was pleased that he did not have to have the added expense of traveling to see me although he lived in
the same state, it was still quite far. I helped him, as did the last therapist (who was using a spin-off of my
treatment) and I checked all his foods and supplements and found wheat to be a problem. He phoned me
later in the day and reported he was free of the problem.
The next day he was discouraged for the problem returned soon after he had his morning coffee. After
making sure he had no wheat, I naturally checked the coffee and found that it tested OK. He mentioned also
that he read the morning newspaper and when I checked that I found the newsprint to be toxic for him. He
was sensitive to the formaldehyde in the newsprint. I have found numerous individuals with this sensitivity
since that frst fnding.
I suggested that he either get his news on television or his computer and if he had to read a particular
newspaper that he get a large piece of glass to protect him from the ink. (I have found a few people who
have this particular sensitivity.) He was thrilled and at the same time a bit outraged that none of the experts
he consulted, big names in the feld, knew nothing about what might cause a cured problem to return.
TOXINS WILL NOT REMAIN CONSTANT
It is quite diffcult for people to suddenly stop eating some of their favorite foods. One expert, Environ-
mental Allergist and Pediatrician, Dr. Doris Rapp, said that she always asks what an individuals favorite
foods are and usually three or more are sure to be toxic. TFT can make it easier to avoid toxins if addiction
is involved. See your handout from week 6 for a simple but very effective treatment. To add to client frus-
tration over toxins, it is well known that they may not remain constant, static, and forever the same. Some
9
toxins can be dependent on the state of the individual and there overall stress; the more stressors such as
allergies, mold, dust, perfumes, work load, fears, traumas, etc., the lower the threshold for toxins. We do not
remain constant but are constantly changing and dynamic. Dr. Rapp refers to this as the barrel effect. When
our barrel is full to the brim with many physical and emotional stressors, our barrel overfows and we expe-
rience negative emotions and poor health.
Some things will never be toxic; some things will always be toxic;
and some things will sometimes be toxic and sometimes not.
Typically, at the beginning of a severe complex problem a person will show many items to be toxic
and as the person gets stronger as therapy progress, through the regimen of treatment and avoidance of
known toxins, they typically begin to get much stronger and less sensitive to numerous items.
CURE AND TIME
In addressing the non-hard felds of science, the famous physicist Richard Feynman states (p 202, in Da-
vies and Brown):
You see we in this feld (physics) have a tremendous advantage over people in some other felds
because we experiment to check our ideas.
A more concise expression of how TFT was developed is not possible. TFT has experimental advantage
over all other treatments. In fact, I have often observed that the great advantage I have had in developing
both my causal diagnosis and my treatments is that I was guided totally by the immediate results of the
therapy experiments I carried out over decades. The fact that I did my best to ignore all my prejudices and
expectations based upon my many years of clinical experience and previous misunderstandings gave me the
powerful edge which made the development of TFT possible.
Every single aspect of TFT was developed, by the clinical experiments that I carried out over a period of
two decades and extending into the future. Many kinds of modifcations were dropped because they had
little or no impact on the results as measured by the client report, which was my bottom line. Since the
results of my treatments are immediate, an unprecedented speedy feedback took place that immediately
informed me of the impact of any particular treatment I was investigating. (TFT consists of many different
highly specifc treatments that are integrated into the whole procedure.)
In Causal Diagnosis (see Chapter, Causal Diagnosis, especially pp59-62, in Stop the Nightmares of Trau-
ma, Callahan and Callahan, 2003) I present evidence that TFT is actually hard science. A glance at the kind
of predictions given by TFT will quickly show that this work is nothing like social science or conventional
therapies but is similar to physics and chemistry in terms of predictive power.
When TFT is done correctly, no other form of help can come close to our success rate. This success rate
has been climbing through the years thanks to the continuing new discoveries I have made. Each of these
discoveries through the last three decades contributes to the growing success rate. Our more recent discover-
ies with toxins and advanced treatment points have increased our success rate even more. Some of our VT
trainees have participated in the testing of our more recent discoveries.
10
The high success rate of TFT has allowed me to reasonably introduce the concept of cure to the feld of
mental health over the last 30 years. Cure was not listed in the dictionaries of psychiatry and psychology
that I consulted in the 1980s and 1990s.
In 1993 Adler wrote an article for the American Psychological Association Monitor, quoting a number of
experts from the Science Directorate who proclaimed that cure was impossible! Well, to again quote one of
my favorite scientists, Feynman, he said, Science is belief in the ignorance of experts. Feynman is speak-
ing here not of humdrum everyday stuff that comes under the name of science, he was referring to creative
science, the startling new discoveries which the hum drum every day world of the conventional science
technician knows nothing about.
Orville Wright offered a similar notion to Feynmans when he said:
If we all worked on the assumption that what is accepted as true is
really true, there would be little hope
for advance. Orville Wright
Interestingly, even after he and his brother successfully were fying for several years, the experts were still
contending that man would never fy (Milton).
Denition of Cure- Cure is a term that is rarely, if ever, mentioned in psychology. I never used the
term myself until my discovery of the Five Minute Phobia Cure nearly thirty years ago. Dr. Joseph Wolpe,
a pioneer in behavior therapy used cure in the subtitle of a book he co-authored with his son (1988),
though I could not fnd the word in the index or anywhere inside the book.
My usage of cure was necessitated by the fact that all traces of a phobia, as well as sequelae, such as
nightmares, were gone after the TFT treatment. The usual defnitions of cure contain several different mean-
ings:
1. Recovery or relief from disease; 2. a course or period of treatment; 3. to restore to health; 4. some-
thing that corrects, heals or permanently alleviates a harmful or troublesome situation; 5. to free from
something objectionable or harmful; 6. to rectify an unhealthy or undesirable condition; 7. successful
remedial treatment; 8. to relieve or rid of something troublesome or detrimental, as an illness,
a bad habit, etc.
A cure for a psychological problem is herein defned as the complete elimination of all subjective units
of distress (SUD) as well as all other symptoms associated with the problem, such as nightmares. In TFT
diagnosis, the Cure State, as reported by the client, is almost perfectly correlated with the complete absence
of perturbations as revealed in causal diagnosis.
Later in this paper, pg 15, I give the defnition of cure for cancer. It is a much looser defnition than mine.
Cure Vs. Help- The word cure can mean to relieve or reduce a problem although I use the term
help in order to distinguish this lesser effect from the more complete implication of the term cure.
11
Help means to relieve; to change for the better; a source of aid; and should be used when a treat-
ment or series of treatments produce improvements which, though quite defnite, are not quite complete.
I studiously avoided the term cure, for decades, but was forced to change by the evidence of my new
discoveries. For example, most simple phobias treated with TFT showed no trace of the phobia after the
brief treatment. Following my discoveries, there have been thousands of acid tests of the robustness and
endurance of the treatment. Clearly, here was indeed a cure in the fullest sense of the word. The fact that the
term had hardly if ever been used in psychology was irrelevant to the startling new and easily repeated facts
revealed by the TFT treatments.
How Cures are Undone- Since we typically eliminate all traces of a problem as well as seque-
lae (such as nightmares and obsession) we may legitimately use the term cure in the strict sense as I have
defned it. Our defnition of cure puts a focus on the very important fact of eliminating all symptoms of a
problem. After the cure has been established, it then and only then , becomes possible to observe the undo-
ing of a cure. The next relevant stage in complete treatment is to evaluate the endurance of the cure over
time -- in TFT we call this stage of treatment tracking. If the problem should return, a rare event, we then
re-treat it in minutes but more importantly we fnd the cause of the return so relapse may be prevented in the
future.
Margie Profet offers a new view of allergies, which makes good sense from an evolutionary standpoint.
She maintains that allergies are due to toxins, i.e., poisons, and that the typical allergic response is defen-
sive and an attempt to minimize or rid oneself of the toxin. Many experts for years have maintained that
most allergies are a result of the immune system gone haywire since the person is reacting badly to some-
thing that is presumably not harmful. Interestingly, this change in view parallels my own change in the
phobia domain. Earlier (Callahan, 1985), I drew a comparison between an allergy (reaction to a harm-
less substance) with a phobia (fear reaction to a harmless situation or object). I thought that a phobia was
analogous to an allergy; the difference is that it was the fear system instead of the immune system that was
haywire. I later changed my view on this matter and I now believe that all phobias were at some time of
something actually harmful, usually in the far distant past.
The major point of Profets brilliant work is that food toxins (or sensitivities) are actually due to poisons
even though some people, perhaps most, can handle them with ease some people cannot. This is a very
important fact for those who believe that they can cure allergies or food sensitivities. Even though the
person may no longer react it should not be forgotten that the real toxin might possibly cause harm in the
future.
Williams and Nesse point out that plants and vegetables main defense against predators is to make a toxin
that will discourage predation. Some of the toxic like chemicals become neutralized when it is an advan-
tage for the plant to have the fruit eaten. For example, some nuts are terribly poisonous until ripe, and even
apples taste very sour until they ripen. This process ensures maximum spread of seeds while protecting the
unripe seeds.
C.W. Smith, said When biological systems are under good control (homeostasis) the effects (of toxins)
do not get larger as stress is raised they become more complicated.
Contained within this simple eloquent statement is an explanation of the role of toxins in psychological
problems and specifcally, why some people show complex problems.
12
A possible description of how toxins might create disorder is the following (Yin, p253):
The really startling thing here is that manipulating just one molecule can perturb such complicated
behavior, Yin [Jerry C. P. Yin of Cold Spring Harbor NY] says There \are a million ways you can muck
something up ... (but) if you can improve a process, youre probably looking at something thats crucial.
[I believe a similar type of process is also relevant for our treatments.]
Incident: You treat a severe phobia.. No symptoms remain. It looks like a complete cure. However,
after the client leaves your offce, only a few minutes later, you hear a knock on the door. The client says:
A terrible thing happened; when I approached my car, the problem came back! This is not a common-
place occurrence in TFT; (it is especially rare with trauma treatment), but it can happen. Of course, there can
be no such thing as the return of a problem unless it had frst been eliminated. We must wonder about any
treatment that ignores the undoing of a cure it seems likely that they are unfamiliar with the fact of cure.
What might have caused this unusual situation where all symptoms of a problem are gone and then sud-
denly they reappear? Understanding the details of what is going on require diagnostic training but a gen-
eral understanding is possible without that specialized knowledge. The following is a good example of the
undoing of a cure.
Years ago I was invited on the Tom Snyder television show to demonstrate my therapy. Tom had a very
severe fear of heights and the simple phobia treatment did not work. I corrected the PR and this allowed
the treatment to work. After the brief treatment (he only allowed me two minutes before the show would
be over!) all traces of his severe fear were gone. He climbed the ladder with ease, which he could not do
earlier. He was very pleased.
Three years later, a colleague appeared on Toms show and asked him about the ladder. Tom said that it
worked for that day but the next day the problem returned. I had asked Tom to call me if his fear returned
but he didnt. Here is another early relevant experience which led to my discovery of the role of toxins in
undoing a cure. [Tom Snyder was a heavy smoker.]
I attended a meeting where an author I knew was going to lecture on her book that had just been pub-
lished. I could see that she was a nervous wreck while waiting for her talk to begin. I saw her get up to go
to the wash room and I went over to her. I told her I had a new discovery and asked if she would like to
experience it. I explained that we might be able to quickly help her with her obvious fear. She did not seem
interested but complained that she deeply regretted agreeing to give this talk; she would rather, be boiled
alive in oil.
I treated her, in less than two minutes, and asked how she felt; she appeared much more relaxed; she ap-
peared to forget about her problem after the brief treatment. She went to the bathroom and then returned
to her place at the head of the table. I was pleased to see that she looked even more relaxed. When it came
time to speak she said that she really enjoyed being at the meeting and she was looking forward to giving
more talks because it was such an enjoyable thing to do.

Quite a switch! I expected her to say and thank you, Dr. Callahan, for your marvelous help. After the
meeting, I went up to her and commented, That treatment really helped, didnt it! She said, What treat-
ment? You didnt do anything! This is yet another example of what we call the apex problem.
13
In any case, recalling what I said after her talk, she called me two weeks later because she had a scheduled
talk and was a nervous wreck. I cured her again but later the same thing happened. [She too was a heavy
smoker.]
Later, I realized that most of the people I treated stayed treated but there was one common feature shared
by the author I treated for the fear of public speaking, and Tom Snyder with the fear of heights. They
smoked. I was not aware of the problem at that time but I now know that this was exactly what undid the
powerful cure of the treatment.
Cigarettes are a common toxin for most people but we also occasionally fnd that there is a very small
number of smokers whose treatment is not undone by smoking a cigarette. This was the case when I recently
treated Whoopi Goldberg for her fear of fying. Toxins are a very important and neglected aspect in psycho-
therapy and we fnd that knowledge about toxins is vital to successful any psychotherapeutic work; indeed, I
believe this knowledge is applicable to all the healing arts.
Any truly successful treatment, for any type of problem, must incorporate
this knowledge of toxins and their treatment into the program in order to
establish optimum performance and endurance of the treatment.
See the article by Martha Miller (1995), and also see the book put out by the American Psychological
Association on toxins (Travis, et al, 1989); see also the work of Doris Rapp, MD (1991) pediatric allergist.
These works, however, do not mention psychotherapy and toxins, but it is important based upon my dis-
covery of the crucial role of toxins in successful psychotherapy or indeed, in any successful treatment in all
healing felds.
The concepts are extremely important for a therapist who practices TFT or any other effective therapy
such as EMDR or NLP. Less successful therapies do not get cures with the regularity found in TFT and
these other two therapies, and are, therefore, not in a comparable position to observe the undoing of a cure.
The knowledge of the role of toxins allows us to help people who couldnt be helped before and increases
the endurance of our cures. So when someone asks, How long will this last? We can reasonably reply,
We do not know, however, if it does not last, we know where to look and how to fx it.
When the undoing of a cure takes place, we investigate the important and neglected issue of exogenous
causes, which can regenerate a problem. If one could not eliminate all symptoms of a problem, the recur-
rence and the power of tracking or searching for the causes for the recurrence would not be apparent. Rapid
effective treatments, therefore, serve as a new scope into the workings of the mind and body and open new
vistas of great potential understanding in all felds of healing.
Investigating the role of toxins in undoing a cure has been a fruitful new way of examining our data in
TFT. It has led to generating continuing improvements in the power and enhancing the understanding of the
treatments. This same model could well offer similar help in other felds than psychotherapy.
For example, in this light, someone might discover a cure for cancer. If after a successful treatment there
remains no trace whatsoever, in careful biopsies and analyses of cells, formerly cancerous, it seems reason-
14
able to call the treatment that removed all traces of cancer, a cure, even though the time span may only be
minutes rather than years. This leaves open the important but quite separate notion associated with the
concept of cure: how long will the cure endure? Some cures now being discarded or overlook might well be
appreciated with this new insight into what can overturn any cure in any feld.
This step recognizes the fundamental fact that any cure must begin at some point in time and the endur-
ance of the cure over time must be seen as an important but quite separate issue from the fact of the cure
itself. In other words, if a cure does not begin at some point in time, it cannot be a cure.
Specifc to the feld oncology and cancer, cure is defned as the following: The current cancer authori-
ties, such as the ACS, NCI, and FDA have all chosen to defne cure as alive fve years after diagnosis.
This offcial defnition does not mean cancer free, nor does it mean healed of your disease, which is
what most people think the word cure means. (Outsmart Your Cancer, Alternative Non-Toxic Treatments
That Work, by Tanya Harter Pierce, pg 8)
Forever? -- An obsessive colleague once told me that a cure should last forever. However, that perfec-
tionist description is useless. Even if we modifed the notion of cure to mean that it had to last for a persons
lifetime, we would have to wait until all our clients died before cure could be used. Even then, we never
know for a certainty whether the cure might have been undone if the client had lived just one more minute!
I believe that my proposal for the usage of cure is highly practical and meaningful and could well open up
cures in other felds than psychotherapy. Undue perfectionism can be a problem in science as well as in life.
If we have a person who gets quite upset when merely thinking of a situation and then, after the treatment,
under the same circumstances (i.e., merely thinking about the problem) the person is unable to generate
even the slightest upset, then I propose, we are entitled to call this a cure. How long it lasts is an entirely
separate but highly relevant issue. Once, we only had the client report to check the power of our treatments
but today we have added the Heart Rate Variability (see Chapter) to our repertoire and this objective, place-
bo-free measure lends very strong support to my observations..
There are at least two pertinent issues that immediately follow after all traces of a problem and its sequelae
are removed: 1/ the endurance of this cure over time; 2/ the testing or proving of the cure under various
stringent circumstances or exposures; especially when treating traumas, depression, addictions, phobias,
panic, and anxiety disorders.
Calling such an achievement a cure has the advantage of bestowing special signifcance upon a treatment,
which can quickly eliminate all traces of a symptom. The use of the term cure boldly claims a vital result
of treatment and marks the beginning of time when the symptoms are gone. This allows practitioners to be
on the look out for, and to undertake an investigation into the possible specifc factors, which can undo a
cure. These precise procedures have been responsible for a dramatic increase in our success rate. No longer
does a client need to be discouraged if a problem returns because it is now known, in principle, what the
cause is. The underlying assumption governing this work is that the undoing of a cure, as the cure itself, is
caused. The job is to fnd the cause of the undoing.
If a person is pronounced free of cancer today at 3:00 PM, by expert medical testing of all relevant in-
volved tissues and there is no longer any discernible trace of cancerous cells, I propose that the term cure
be used. However, if the next day cancerous cells recur, instead of merely despairing that the treatment did
15
not last and perhaps dismissing the important though briefy enduring cure, an intense investigation should
be carried out to discern why the cure was undone. Among other things, this process recognizes the impor-
tant fact that nothing can last or endure unless it frst is. It is now clear that it is not a necessary weakness
of a cure if a cured problem returns. This rather, is an index of a clients susceptibility and vulnerability to
various toxins.
How Long Will it Last? Many skeptical observers will disparagingly ask, after a cure Yes, but
how long will it last? The question is fundamental, of course, but needs to be seen objectively and not as
a criticism of a treatment that can do something that previous treatments could not do (i.e., the complete
elimination of all symptoms of a problem). Although I treated patients for over three decades prior to my
discoveries called Thought Field Therapy (TFT), I never once heard the question, How long will it last?
Since the discovery of TFT I have heard this question thousands of times. Whether intended or not, it is a
supreme compliment to ask this question. It implicitly acknowledges that something of signifcance hap-
pened in order to wonder about the duration of this something. In TFT we carefully track our successfully
treated clients and should the problem return, which is an uncommon event, we then set out to fnd the exog-
enous cause for this event.
Endogenous causes such as toxins due to infection are, fortunately, rare but in such cases appropriate med-
ical or dental referral is required. A possible endogenous cause of the return of a problem is an unknown,
and hence untreated chronic infection of some kind. Infections create by-products of toxins that can make
a very small number of people extremely complex to treat and the condition may also undo a cure whose
source may be more diffcult to track down than exogenous sources such as described in this book. Based on
my experience, I estimate such endogenous cases to be less than one in a thousand.
In TFT it is empirically known from wide clinical experience over the last two plus decades, that the
treatment effect usually lasts. Further, it is known that this endurance will usually persist even in the face of
harsh acid tests carried out in reality. For example, one anxiety client could not drive on highways because
he was afraid of getting trapped in traffc. He had two acid tests: the frst was a great fre which caused a
huge traffc jam that trapped him for hours. The second, which took place two years later, was the San Fran-
cisco earthquake which created an even longer delay in traffc. These were instances of his worst nightmares
come true and he showed no trace of anxiety during these two acid tests after his successful treatment. He
may be heard on the audiotape Telephone Therapy, which is available from our offce. Regardless of
endurance, however, any cure must begin at some point in time and the present discussion highlights this
important and neglected consideration.
Successful Prediction- The relevance of this acknowledgment is two-fold. First, it recognizes
and emphasizes the profound signifcance of purposively and predictably removing all traces of a former
intense discomfort (or other symptoms) in a treatment situation. The prediction supports the idea that the
achievement is no accident. Second, the emphasis highlights and encourages an exploration of causes that
may undo a successful cure. Since cures are uncommon in psychological treatments, the problems of endur-
ance and recurrence have accordingly not received attention in psychotherapy. Most psychologists, at this
time are so unfamiliar with cure for psychological problems that they dont know how to receive the star-
tling news that it is now, at last, possible to speak of cure in psychology.
Also, successful prediction is so rare in the social sciences that when it takes place in the dramatic fashion
afforded by TFT, the scientists have no idea how to greet this dramatic new fnding. Usually denial of some
16
sort is attempted--see apex problem. I have had a number of discussions with professionals who appear to
conveniently forget what they observed when they see dramatic cures taking place before their eyes, some-
times even on themselves. They forget and compulsively ignore the bold studies in public treatments car-
ried out and repeated a decade later with almost identical high success rates.
To repeat, once a treatment results in the complete elimination of all symptoms, when prior to treatment
these symptoms were intense, we may reasonably call this treatment a cure; even though the treatment took
but minutes. The next step is to track the cure over time and different exposure situations. We tell our cli-
ents, to call us the moment that even slightest sign of return of symptoms, take place. Of course, we then
can re-treat the person in minutes but that is almost trivial in this context. The main issue is to discover
precisely why the problem returned. This discovery is the most important element in treatment for then
through care, the persons cure will remain.
A Terrible Misunderstanding- Some therapists have wrongly concluded from this information
about toxins, that TFT is unique among therapies in that it has to be concerned about the return of a prob-
lem. This is a serious perversion of the actual facts. . TFT, when done properly, is unique in that it has the
highest success rate; we eliminate more problems than anyone else. Therefore we who do TFT are in the
unprecedented position to observe the undoing of a cure; and what it is that might make a previously cured
problem return.
The most common reason for the return of a problem is not, as many therapists and clients assume, due to
psychological incidents but is rather almost always (there may be very rare exceptions) due to a toxin in the
form of a particular food sensitivity, exposure to heavy doses of chemical toxins, radiation exposure, and an-
esthesias or certain medications may also cause a problem to return. When the reason(s) for the return of a
problem is discovered and another successful treatment is administered, the new treatment will have a good
chance of being sustained over time as long as the identifed food toxin is avoided for at least two months.
No Toxins for Two Months- This period of abstinence gives the treated system a chance to heal
with no toxic interference. I am often asked, Do I have to stay away (from the toxin) forever? We fnd
that two months free of the damaging toxin is usually adequate to ensure that the problem does not return.
However, I tell all my clients that they would do well to be cautious about the toxin in the future for even
though the treated system is now healed and the problem will not likely return, there are other consequences
regarding toxins (see, e.g., Rapp).
The undoing of a cure has naturally received little or no attention in psychotherapy due to the rare nature
of cure itself. If one cannot cure a problem then it is meaningless to discuss the undoing of a cure. The
focus on undoing a cure, a rare but defnite event, has allowed us to increase our general effectiveness by
identifying and avoiding exogenous causes of the major factors, which interfere with successful treatment.
Atavisms (throwbacks) Interestingly, we see the undoing of a cure, which represents a higher
developmental state to be similar in principle to what in biology is called an atavism. An Atavism is a term
used in biology that refers to a throwback to an earlier ancestral form. An example is a human born with a
tail or extra nipples. Atavisms can be created in the laboratory by exposing an organism to toxins such as
radiation or chloroform. We believe that something quite similar takes place when the previously cured
state of a psychological problem is overturned. I think of a problem whose cure has been undone as a
17
biological atavism that takes place within the same generation. The difference is that we can again treat the
problem, treat the toxin, and then avoid the toxin and then the cure remains.
Cases and Examples
Here are some interesting and unusual cases where with just one TFT treatment for the toxins, the medica-
tions which were helping the medical problem were also causing the most severe symptoms. The effects
were achieved by just one treatment but when he observed that his weight loss slowed down, the meds were
again treated with the treatments described herein.
This case demonstrates what is possible with these toxin treatments. We have had similar good results in
treating cancer patients who had to undergo radiation and chemotherapy. One of our common results is to
restore the desire to eat in patients made anorexic by their necessary treatments.
RETURN FROM DEATH
(reprinted from the Thought Field newsletter)
My name is David Hanson and I have serious doubt that I would be alive today without Dr. Roger Calla-
han and THOUGHT FIELD THERAPY. What follows here is a true account of my personal experience with
TFT and how it has returned me to a state of vibrant good health. All of what you will read here is verifable
and reliable witnesses are available to attest to the validity of all facts included here.
I met Dr. Roger Callahan in May of 2002 when I attended the TFTdx training in Palm Springs but thats
not where this story starts. In telling a story like this, its always best to start at the beginning. So, here it
goes.
In 1990, I was diagnosed with HIV infection. I became disabled in 1995 when testing revealed that my
T-cell count (T-cells are lymphocytes that fght viruses and infections) had plummeted to just 30. A normal
person has between 800 and 1100. I had only 30 - - so few, in fact, that I could have given each of them
names! I was terribly depressed and talk therapy was unsuccessful in relieving the problem.
In 1997, my physicians put me on the famed AIDS cocktail, a mixture of noxious chemicals that would
stop the forward progress of the virus. Through this ordeal, I have learned the implacable universal law of
price paying. In other words, for everything there is a price. The price I paid for avoiding a journey across
the river Styx was many faceted.
I was beset with ALL of the much publicized side effects of the AIDS medications which included: nau-
sea and vomiting, chronic fatigue, daily bouts of diarrhea and severe stomach pain, a sharp increase in
cholesterol and arterial plaque, and a thing called lypodystrophy which is a fancy word that means you
body starts redistributing fat in the oddest ways. My body soon learned to despise the cocktail and would
not allow me to take my twice a day dose without gagging violently.
The only thing I did NOT suffer from was wasting syndrome. Instead, I experienced exactly the opposite
effect. I started to gain weight at a tremendous rate. Among my friends, I used to laughingly call it ARF -
AIDS Related Fat. My weight quickly climbed to 320 pounds. Thats really bad when youre only 5 8.
So, here I was. Sick, tired, and fat. I had one foot in the grave and the other on a banana peel - and it was
raining!
18
In the meantime, I had become interested in Reiki, a form of Japanese energy healing. As a student of
Reiki I soon learned that most of the dis-eases the body encounters are the result of am impairment to the
orderly fow of Chi, the bodys life force energy. I completed my Reiki training with Master and Teacher
certifcations. Between the daily Reiki treatments that I gave myself and the medical cocktail I started to
gain T-cells. My labs showed my T-cell numbers increasing to about the same number as my weight, 320.
Now fast forward to the week before Thanksgiving of 2001. The AIDS meds and lypodystrophy had
increased my cholesterol and arterial plaque to the point where I was having angina. My cardiologist de-
termined that I needed to have an angioplasty and stent implant. Angioplasty opens the blocked artery and
the stent is a small internal brace that is supposed to hold it open and allow a restoration of the blood fow
to and through the heart. I underwent this procedure three days before the Thanksgiving holiday and was
released from the hospital the very next day. I was sore but no longer had the chest pain. The holiday came
and went. On the following Tuesday morning, I was sipping my decaf coffee and nibbling my morning toast
when I felt the worst pain I have ever known come into my chest. I was having a heart attack.
The paramedics rushed from the fre house across the street, they put me in the aid car and off to the car-
diac care center we went. I dont remember much after that because I died in the back of the ambulance. The
paramedics were able to restart my heart, but the attack was serious enough to keep me in the hospital for
nine days.
Between December of 2001 and May of 2002, I continued the AIDS meds - still experienced the nasty
side effects and found my recovery to be slow. Very slow.
Tired of reading yet? Dont quit! Please continue because this is where the story
really gets good!
I attended Suzanne Connollys Algorithm training in May of 2001. It was my frst exposure to the miracle
of TFT. I watched a girl (one of my Reiki students) who was so frightened of heights that she would break
into a sweat at the thought of standing on a chair. After application of the appropriate algorithm, she was
able not only to stand on a chair, but also to ascend to the top a nearby desk without a wince of hesitation.
Her fear of heights was GONE! I knew right then that I had just stumbled across something big.
I started using TFT with everyone I could fnd. I became what Bob Bray calls a shameless tapper. It
wasnt just that it was so effective that prompted me to use the technique on everyone I could fnd. It was
FUN! I used TFT with my Reiki patients, my neighbors, friends, family, students. EVERYONE!
My growth in TFT was going great but my health was not. By May, 2002 I was having chest pain again.
My doctor was suggesting quad bypass surgery and my t-cells were hanging in there at about 420. I was
continuing the Reiki treatments which I believe contributed to my stabilization, but I seemed not to be pro-
gressing and my weight was as bad as ever. I was still sick, tired, fat and never without a pocketful of nitro
tablets.
But chest pain or not, I decided to take the TFTdx training in Palm Springs that started May 20, 2002.
With fellow Reiki Masters Sharron Kanter and Michael Gross, I few from Seattle to Palm Springs. The
weather in May is lots cooler in Seattle than it is in Palm Springs. It was over 100 degrees. I was sick to my
stomach from the AIDS meds and my chest began to hurt the minute I got off the plane and into the desert
19
heat. Over that weekend, I used over a dozen nitro pills. They tell you to go to the hospital after the third
one, but Im stubborn. I recall having to leave the training room numerous times because of the medication-
related diarrhea.
I quickly became the class project when, on the frst day of class, my HRV (SDNN) score turned up as
an alarming 6! This was clearly disturbing considering that we (the class) had just learned that the lower
the HRV score the greater the prediction of mortality. My traveling companions were becoming visibly agi-
tated and Dr. Callahan was having trouble disguising his concern with my low score. He and Bob Bray were
pleasant but frm in their invitation to step outside the training room for a quick diagnostic session out in the
hall.
Drs. Callahan and Bray worked with me for twenty minutes more or less. There was no surprise in fnding
that the AIDS meds tested toxic. The meds were treated by Callahans 7 sec procedure and we worked on
the nausea and diarrhea. We worked on the chest pain. We worked on the abdominal pain. I was led back to
the HRV scanner and I improved only slightly to an eight point something. Not much, but still an improve-
ment. I did not know how important this day would be in my current life.
The next day, we worked at building on the prior days successes. But with one important difference: I
woke up the next morning without the diarrhea or abdominal pain that I had grown so accustomed to
and I was able to take my morning meds without the usual gagging. After my morning TFT treatment,
I scored better on the HRV scan. We continued this throughout the four day training and I eventually got
my HRV score up to 18 (a three hundred percent increase) but my autonomic balance was still way out of
kilter. But that doesnt matter because that Dx training was a life-changing event for me.
Since then, I have not been troubled AT ALL with medication sickness or the nausea, gagging, abdomi-
nal pain, or fatigue that comes with it.
I took advantage of the information we discovered about the foods that are toxic for me and have modifed
my diet accordingly. Since May 20, 2002, I have lost a total of sixty-fve pounds and ten inches around my
waist without hunger or depression. As a matter of fact, I started a weekly TFT weight loss program to help
others with food addictions.
I was HRV scanned again in October and my HRV (SDNN) has improved to a robust 87.3 and my auto-
nomic balance is nearly perfect.
My T-cells have jumped miraculously to over 690 and my viral load had dropped to undetectable levels.
For all purpose and intent, the AIDS is in total remission. And my medical doctor discovered that my
cholesterol dropped to completely healthy levels.
Thanks to Dr. Callahan and TFT, I have been getting healthier and healthier. I have my life back. And the
best part of this story is yet to be written because next Tuesday morning, I leave the disability dole (after
seven years on disability) and am starting a new, full-time job as a counselor with one of the Puget Sounds
largest cemetery/funeral home combinations working with families who have lost a loved one.
My new mission is to spread TFT through the grief-counseling community.
As I said before, there is no doubt in my mind that I would not be alive today without TFT. I want to take
20
this opportunity in print to publicly thank you, Roger, for your help. The gratitude I feel in my heart is not
easily translated into words. Just know that I will forever be in your debt.
David Hanson, DEH, TFTdx
8-15-03 Update: Latest medical report. T cell count (immune system) 903; no viral load; if he continues
to hold these gains for six more months his doctors have told him he will be considered Aids free!
A Toxic Shirt
Dear Roger,
When I was in Nairobi presenting TFT in Summer, 1999, one of the participants
asked me to work with him after the training was over in the afternoon. We worked one day using diag-
nostics, and everything came down quickly to a zero.
The next day, we continued working; however, the SUD would not come down. He was wearing a new
African shirt. I asked him about it, and he had just received it as a present.
It was stiff and had not been washed.
Since he was wearing a t-shirt under it, I asked him to remove the shirt and put it on the other side of the
room. Immediately, everything we worked on went down to a zero! That early experience truly demon-
strated the power of toxins to me!
Jenny
Healing From Eye Surgery
August 19, 2003
On Saturday, July 19, I treated a woman who had had surgery for detached retinas in both eyes in early June. The
right eye was healed. The left eye was a 7 in terms of ability to see (0 = perfect sight) . She had been having diff-
culty doing her job as a university professor, reading students work, since the surgery. I treated her with algorithms,
as I was not in a position to do Voice Technology. After collarbone breathing, she improved to a 5, but no more.
On Monday, July 21, Dr. Callahan did VT with him and diagnosed the toxins that were preventing the eye
from healing. Toxins included Molding Mud that she used on her hair, her cologne, and milk thistle.
After doing the 7-second treatments for the toxins, diagnosing points for the eyes, and instructing her to
eliminate the toxins, I spoke with her on Thursday, July 24. She said that on Wednesday, July 23, the
doctor said that her eyes were both totally healed. She has been able to read since then. She needed to
have glasses, and she had glasses before. Without glasses, prior to the surgery, her eyes were 3.
I spoke with her on August 19. She said that the doctor discovered a wrinkle in the left eye that was scar tissue
from the detached retina It did not have anything to do with healing. The eyes had healed 100% from the surgery.
Jenny Edwards, PhD, TFT VT
21
Hi Roger,
A short toxin story involving myself:
About a month ago I decided to try brushing my teeth with baking soda. I havent used tooth paste for a
couple years, as they all test toxic to me. Ive heard of using baking soda before, but I was prompted this
time by amessage on the TFT list serve re the caries bacteria not liking bakingsoda.
About a week later I started having pain on the right side of my throat (a
canker sore-type pain), a sore developed inside my nose, and my skin started
to break out near my mouth. All of these symptoms are now rare for me, so I
suspected a toxin--and remembered that I had recently started using baking
soda in my mouth. Sure enough, it tested toxic. Dont ask me why I didnt
test it before using it(!), but at least it was more good evidence of the
trouble a toxin can cause. Whats even more signifcant to me is that now
whenever I feel ANY bothersome symptom, I can usually trace it to a toxin.
By the way, as you would expect, the symptoms went away almost immediately
after I stopped using the baking soda.
Mary
Mary L. Cowley, PhD, TFT VT
The Center for Extraordinary Living
(858) 756-7131
[email protected]
Dear Roger,
I had an interesting experience with the 7 second Tx a few months ago. I was treating a lady in the UK for
agoraphobia. She required treatment in the actual situation using a mobile phone. I couldnt get her SUD
down immediately. Then I tested with the Voice Technology (VT), and her scarf was toxic. After treating
this with the 7 second Tx her SUD immediately went down to 1 and the problem has not returned.
Colin Barron, MD
22
APEX PROBLEM
The apex problem is when a treated client accurately reports that the problem is gone but is unable to see
that the therapy did the job. It is a robust tendencyit could be called a compulsionfor treated clients
or even scientifc observers of therapy to give explanations of the treatments that careful thought reveals
to be totally inappropriate and irrelevant. The common explanations are distraction, hypnosis, ex-
posure, or placebo. Many therapists who observe TFT will say that the treatment works by suggestion,
placebo, or hypnosis, even though there is no basis in reality for such a claim. Typically, professional ob-
servers of the phenomenal demonstrated results of TFT will not ask but rather will compulsively tell the
therapist their (usually totally irrelevant) version of what took place. A good example was a host of a radio
show that had a riverboat theme. He called himself Captain Andy. He asked me to demonstrate my treat-
ment with his teenage daughter who had been quite bothered about something for some years, which we
did not go into. I guided her through some treatments and took her from a SUD level of 10 to a 1. She was,
quite naturally, pleased by this result. Captain Andy then accused her of lying. Many TFT-trained therapists
record therapy sessions because some clients forget that they had a problem after the rapid successful
therapy. We call this phenomenon the apex problem since the mind is not operating at the apex or top
level. When confronted with something as strange and revolutionary as TFT, the mind has trouble shifting
out of the inertia gear. Mental work at the apex of the mind is required to grasp and understand these new
treatments. Most of us attempt to avoid such work and mistakenly attempt to ft our observation into some-
thing we believe we understand. As mentioned, many therapists who witness dramatic, rapid changes appear
to be compelled to give an explanation. It is the rare and, we must add, wise therapist who asks, Why?
The identifcation of the apex problem has scientifc utility in that it refnes prediction, i.e., we predict that
the client will report improvement, and we further predict that the client is not likely to credit the therapy
for the improvement. The apex problem is a form of cognitive dissonance, or left-brain interpreter, which
is common in split-brain research.
23
Algorithm Chart
Abnormal clumsiness or awkwardness 1 CB2
Addictive Urge 2 e - a - c
3 c - e - c
4 a - e - c
5 e - c - a - c
Anger 6 tf - c
Complex Trauma / Rejection / Love Pain / Grief 7 eb - e - a - c
Complex Trauma with Anger 8 eb - e - a - c - tf - c
Complex Trauma with Guilt 9 eb - e - a - c - if - c
Complex Trauma with Anger and Guilt 10 eb - e - a - c - tf - c - if - c
Depression 11 g50 - c
Embarrassment 12 un
Environmental Toxin Correction 13 ifrepeat PR corr. (side of hand 15x)
General Anxiety / Stress 14 e - a - c
Guilt 15 if - c
Jet Lag (East - West) 16 a - c
(West - East) 17 e - c
Obsession / OCD 18 c - e - c
19 a - e - c
20 e - a - c
Panic / Anxiety Disorder 21 eb - e - a - c
22 e - a - eb - c
23 a - e - eb - c - tf
24 eb - a - e
25 e - eb - a - tf
26 c - e - a
Physical Pain 27 g50 - c
Rage 28 oe - c
Reversal of concepts, words or behavior
Self sabotage / Negativistic behavior 29 Correct for PR at appropriate level
(PR / RPR / MPR / PR2 / CB2)
Shame 30 ch
Simple Phobias / Fear 31 e - a - c
Simple Trauma / Rejection / Love Pain / Grief 32 eb - c
Spiders / Claustrophobia / Turbulence 33 a - e - c
SUD report of 2 or less / Rapid Relaxation 34 Floor-to-Ceiling Eye Roll (er)
Visualization for overcoming addictions 35 a - c
or achieving peak performance
1
TAPPING THE HEALER WITHIN...
Using Thought Field Therapy to Instantly
Conquer Your Fears, Anxieties, and Emo-
tional Distress.
By Roger J. Callahan, PhD, with Richard
Trubo, Forward by Dr. Earl Mindell.
The frst book on TFT by its founder
Thought Field Therapy (TFT) has already
changed the way thousands of people have
overcome emotional problems. Now the
founder of TFT shows readers how to har-
ness its healing poser on their own, to over-
come phobias, anxieties, addictions, and
other common psychological problems. The
process combines principles of Western
and Eastern healing methods, using energy
points in the body to release emotional dis-
tress. Contemporary/McGraw-Hill $16.95
Callahan Techniques, Ltd.
To Order, call 800 359-CURE (2873) or (760) 564-1008
Website: www.rogercallahan.com
Tapping the Healer Within:
Using Thought Field Therapy (TFT) to Instantly Conquer Your Fears, Anxieties, and Emo-
tional Distress
An Interactive, Live TeleClass Helping you harness the healing power of TFT to over-
come anxiety, stress, fears, and addictions stemming from todays chaotic and troubling
times.
26
Required for Req. for
Course: Designation Practitioner Trainer
Algorithm TFT Algo yes (or Dx level) yes
$299-$399
2-day
Diagnostic TFT Dx yes (or Algo level) yes
$1750 (A & B)
3-day
Trainers Program TFT Dx no yes
$4000 ( C ) (licenses/training materials/guidelines, etc)
All trainer supervision is over telephone includes 6 months unlimited VT support
Optimal Health TFT Adv optional no
$5000 (benecial to provide unparalleled support to trainees/clients)
3-day
Voice Technology TFT VT optional optional
$100,000
5-days
TFT Boot Camp TFT yes (Algo or Dx level) no
$997
2-day
ATFT RCT TFT RCT no CE title
$469 (continuing education offered by ATFT)
2-day
One may become a practitioner at any level from Algorithm on up through the most effective
level of TFT, the Voice Technology.
To become a trainer, one must complete the Algorithm, Diagnostic and Trainers programs.
Color Coding - Who provides trainings at this level:
Red Certied and Approved Trainers (trained by Callahan Techniques, Ltd.)
Blue - Callahan Techniques, Ltd. and /or approved TFT VT practitioners
Brown Association for Thought Field Therapy instructor, Jennifer Edwards, PhD
Packages or Group Rates Available Contact Joanne Callahan, [email protected]
TFT Training and Practitioner Paths

Tapping The Healer Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tapping The Healer Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tapping The Healer Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the different levels of TFT training described in the document?

What topics are covered in the TFT Boot Camp course?

A Tele-Class Series Guide to Though Field Therapy

Callahan Techniques, LTD

You might also like